[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019189741A1 - Intermediate film for laminated glasses, laminated glass, and method for manufacturing head up display system - Google Patents

Intermediate film for laminated glasses, laminated glass, and method for manufacturing head up display system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019189741A1
WO2019189741A1 PCT/JP2019/013952 JP2019013952W WO2019189741A1 WO 2019189741 A1 WO2019189741 A1 WO 2019189741A1 JP 2019013952 W JP2019013952 W JP 2019013952W WO 2019189741 A1 WO2019189741 A1 WO 2019189741A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin layer
laminated glass
resin
display
layer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2019/013952
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敦 野原
祐輔 太田
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd
Priority to US16/971,535 priority Critical patent/US11958270B2/en
Priority to MX2020010146A priority patent/MX2020010146A/en
Priority to CN201980023001.9A priority patent/CN111918850B/en
Priority to EP19777042.3A priority patent/EP3778517A4/en
Priority to JP2020511079A priority patent/JPWO2019189741A1/en
Priority to KR1020207025565A priority patent/KR20200138191A/en
Publication of WO2019189741A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019189741A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10009—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets
    • B32B17/10036—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets comprising two outer glass sheets
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/082—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising vinyl resins; comprising acrylic resins
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/085—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/088—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/09—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/095—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyurethanes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/20—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising aluminium or copper
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10165—Functional features of the laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10431—Specific parts for the modulation of light incorporated into the laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10467—Variable transmission
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10559—Shape of the cross-section
    • B32B17/10568—Shape of the cross-section varying in thickness
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10605—Type of plasticiser
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10614—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer comprising particles for purposes other than dyeing
    • B32B17/10633—Infrared radiation absorbing or reflecting agents
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10651—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer comprising colorants, e.g. dyes or pigments
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10651—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer comprising colorants, e.g. dyes or pigments
    • B32B17/1066—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer comprising colorants, e.g. dyes or pigments imparting a tint in certain regions only, i.e. shade band
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10761—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer containing vinyl acetal
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/20—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using fillers, pigments, thixotroping agents
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/22—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using plasticisers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/281—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyimides
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/285—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyethers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/286—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polysulphones; polysulfides
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/304—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl halide (co)polymers, e.g. PVC, PVDC, PVF, PVDF
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/306—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl acetate or vinyl alcohol (co)polymers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/308—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • B32B27/325—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins comprising polycycloolefins
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • B32B27/365—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters comprising polycarbonates
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/40—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyurethanes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/263—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer having non-uniform thickness
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023—Optical properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/025—Electric or magnetic properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B9/00—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
    • B32B9/005—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00 comprising one layer of ceramic material, e.g. porcelain, ceramic tile
    • B32B9/007—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00 comprising one layer of ceramic material, e.g. porcelain, ceramic tile comprising carbon, e.g. graphite, composite carbon
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B9/00—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
    • B32B9/04—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00 comprising such particular substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B9/045—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00 comprising such particular substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60K—ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00—Instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement of instruments in or on vehicles
    • B60K35/20—Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor
    • B60K35/21—Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor using visual output, e.g. blinking lights or matrix displays
    • B60K35/23—Head-up displays [HUD]
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60K—ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00—Instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement of instruments in or on vehicles
    • B60K35/20—Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor
    • B60K35/21—Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor using visual output, e.g. blinking lights or matrix displays
    • B60K35/23—Head-up displays [HUD]
    • B60K35/231—Head-up displays [HUD] characterised by their arrangement or structure for integration into vehicles
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60K—ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00—Instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement of instruments in or on vehicles
    • B60K35/50—Instruments characterised by their means of attachment to or integration in the vehicle
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60K—ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K37/00—Dashboards
    • B60K37/20—Dashboard panels
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01—Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101—Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/208—Filters for use with infrared or ultraviolet radiation, e.g. for separating visible light from infrared and/or ultraviolet radiation
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/26—Reflecting filters
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2250/00—Layers arrangement
    • B32B2250/05—5 or more layers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/06—Coating on the layer surface on metal layer
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/20—Inorganic coating
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/20—Inorganic coating
    • B32B2255/205—Metallic coating
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2264/00—Composition or properties of particles which form a particulate layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2264/10—Inorganic particles
    • B32B2264/102—Oxide or hydroxide
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2264/00—Composition or properties of particles which form a particulate layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2264/10—Inorganic particles
    • B32B2264/104—Oxysalt, e.g. carbonate, sulfate, phosphate or nitrate particles
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2264/00—Composition or properties of particles which form a particulate layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2264/12—Mixture of at least two particles made of different materials
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2270/00—Resin or rubber layer containing a blend of at least two different polymers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/20—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular electrical or magnetic properties, e.g. piezoelectric
    • B32B2307/204—Di-electric
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/30—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular thermal properties
    • B32B2307/306—Resistant to heat
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/402—Coloured
    • B32B2307/4026—Coloured within the layer by addition of a colorant, e.g. pigments, dyes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/416—Reflective
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/418—Refractive
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70—Other properties
    • B32B2307/732—Dimensional properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2315/00—Other materials containing non-metallic inorganic compounds not provided for in groups B32B2311/00 - B32B2313/04
    • B32B2315/08—Glass
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2329/00—Polyvinylalcohols, polyvinylethers, polyvinylaldehydes, polyvinylketones or polyvinylketals
    • B32B2329/06—PVB, i.e. polyinylbutyral
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2419/00—Buildings or parts thereof
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20—Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2605/00—Vehicles
    • B32B2605/006—Transparent parts other than made from inorganic glass, e.g. polycarbonate glazings
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2605/00—Vehicles
    • B32B2605/08—Cars
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
    • B60J1/00—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
    • B60J1/00—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor
    • B60J1/02—Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor arranged at the vehicle front, e.g. structure of the glazing, mounting of the glazing
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60R—VEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R2300/00—Details of viewing arrangements using cameras and displays, specially adapted for use in a vehicle
    • B60R2300/20—Details of viewing arrangements using cameras and displays, specially adapted for use in a vehicle characterised by the type of display used
    • B60R2300/205—Details of viewing arrangements using cameras and displays, specially adapted for use in a vehicle characterised by the type of display used using a head-up display

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an interlayer film for laminated glass having an infrared reflective layer. Moreover, this invention relates to a laminated glass provided with the intermediate film which has an infrared reflective layer. The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a head-up display system using a laminated glass including an intermediate film having an infrared reflective layer.
  • laminated glass is excellent in safety because the amount of glass fragments scattered is small even if it is damaged by an external impact. For this reason, the said laminated glass is widely used for a motor vehicle, a rail vehicle, an aircraft, a ship, a building, etc.
  • the laminated glass is manufactured by sandwiching an interlayer film for laminated glass between a pair of glass plates. High heat-insulating properties are required for laminated glass used in such vehicle and building openings.
  • an intermediate film having an infrared reflection layer may be used.
  • An intermediate film including an infrared reflective layer is disclosed in Patent Document 1 below.
  • a head-up display is known as a laminated glass used for automobiles.
  • measurement information such as speed, which is driving data of an automobile, can be displayed on the windshield of the automobile, and the driver can recognize that the display is displayed in front of the windshield.
  • the HUD has a problem that measurement information and the like look double.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a laminated glass in which a wedge-shaped intermediate film having a predetermined wedge angle is sandwiched between a pair of glass plates.
  • the display of measurement information reflected by one glass plate and the display of measurement information reflected by another glass plate can be performed in the driver's field of view. Can be tied to one point. For this reason, it is hard to see the display of measurement information double, and it is hard to disturb a driver
  • JP 2017-81775 A Japanese National Publication No. 4-502525
  • the intermediate film provided with the infrared reflecting layer described in Patent Document 1 is not wedge-shaped. Further, the laminated glass using the intermediate film is not wedge-shaped.
  • the interlayer film described in Patent Document 2 has a wedge shape.
  • the display of the measurement information reflected by one glass plate and the display of the measurement information reflected by another glass plate are tied to one point in the driver's field of view, thereby creating a double image. Suppressed.
  • the interlayer film provided with the infrared reflective layer is wedge-shaped and a laminated glass using the wedge-shaped interlayer film is manufactured, measurement information is displayed on the laminated glass also by reflection on the infrared reflective layer. For this reason, multiple images may not be sufficiently suppressed only by adjusting the wedge angle of the interlayer film.
  • an intermediate film for laminated glass used for laminated glass that is a head-up display, having a display-corresponding region corresponding to the display region of the head-up display, an infrared reflective layer, and a heat
  • the second resin layer is disposed on a second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflecting layer, and at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer is ,
  • An interlayer film for laminated glass having a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region (
  • an interlayer film Is provided.
  • both the first resin layer and the second resin layer have a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more and the other has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad.
  • the resin layer which has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad contains the said coloring agent.
  • the said coloring agent is a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, or an anthracocyanine compound.
  • thermoplastic resin in the first resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin. It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin in the second resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer.
  • the first laminated glass member, the second laminated glass member, and the interlayer film for laminated glass described above are provided, and the first laminated glass is disposed outside the first resin layer.
  • a laminated glass is provided in which a glass member is disposed, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer.
  • the head-up display has a display area of the head-up display, and includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an interlayer film.
  • the intermediate film includes a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display, and the intermediate film includes an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer including a thermoplastic resin, and a thermoplastic resin.
  • a second resin layer wherein the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflective layer, and the second surface opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflective layer
  • the second resin layer is disposed on the surface side, the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second resin layer is disposed outside the second resin layer.
  • a laminated glass member is disposed; At least one of the first laminated body of the laminated glass member and the first resin layer and the second laminated body of the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member is 0.1 mrad.
  • a laminated glass having a wedge angle as described above wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region. In this laminated glass, it is preferable that at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the said laminated glass is a 1st laminated glass member in the opening part between external space and the internal space into which a heat ray injects from the said external space in a vehicle.
  • the said laminated glass is a 1st laminated glass member in the opening part between external space and the internal space into which a heat ray injects from the said external space in a vehicle.
  • an opening between an external space and an internal space into which heat rays are incident from the external space, and a light source device for irradiating the laminated glass with light for image display are provided.
  • the laminated glass described above is arranged such that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side.
  • a method for manufacturing a head-up display system comprising the step of attaching to the opening.
  • the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention is used for laminated glass that is a head-up display.
  • the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention has a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display.
  • the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin.
  • the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflecting layer, and the second surface opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflecting layer.
  • the second resin layer is disposed on the surface side of the substrate.
  • the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. In the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region. Since the intermediate film for laminated glass according to the present invention has the above-described configuration, it is possible to improve heat shielding, suppress multiple images, and improve image display.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention is a head-up display.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention has a display area of the head-up display.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an intermediate film.
  • the intermediate film has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin.
  • the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer.
  • the second resin layer is disposed on the surface.
  • the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer. Yes.
  • at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass including an interlayer film for laminated glass according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 2A and 2B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass provided with an interlayer film for laminated glass according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an interlayer film) is used for laminated glass that is a head-up display.
  • the intermediate film which concerns on this invention is an intermediate film which can be used for the laminated glass which is a head-up display.
  • the intermediate film according to the present invention has a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display.
  • the intermediate film according to the present invention has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin.
  • the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer.
  • the second resin layer is disposed on the surface.
  • at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant.
  • the intermediate film according to the present invention has the above-described configuration, it is possible to improve heat shielding, suppress multiple images, and improve image display.
  • the present inventors have adjusted the wedge angle of the resin layer and colored the resin layer in the intermediate film including the infrared reflection layer. It has been found that an agent may be included.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention is a head-up display.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention has a display area of the head-up display.
  • the laminated glass according to the present invention includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an intermediate film.
  • the intermediate film has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin.
  • the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer.
  • the second resin layer is disposed on the surface.
  • the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer. Yes.
  • at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region.
  • the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, since said structure is provided, heat-shielding property can be improved, a multiple image can be suppressed, and an image display can be made favorable.
  • the inventors of the present invention have studied to achieve both improvement in heat shielding properties and suppression of multiple images.
  • the laminated glass member and the resin layer are laminated. It has been found that the wedge angle of the body may be adjusted and a colorant may be included in the resin layer.
  • the infrared reflective layer effectively enhances heat shielding properties.
  • measurement information is displayed by reflection on the infrared reflection layer.
  • an infrared reflective layer When an infrared reflective layer is used, multiple images may not be sufficiently suppressed depending on the configuration of the resin layer.
  • at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, and among the first resin layer and the second resin layer, Since at least one of the colorant contains a colorant, multiple images can be suppressed. Further, at least one of the first laminated body and the second laminated body has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, and at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer. On the other hand, multiple images can also be suppressed by including a colorant.
  • At least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer preferably has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the first resin layer When the first resin layer is wedge-shaped, the second resin layer may be rectangular.
  • the first resin layer When the second resin layer is wedge-shaped, the first resin layer may be rectangular.
  • the wedge angle of the first resin layer may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the first resin layer is not wedge-shaped.
  • the wedge angle of the second resin layer may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the second resin layer is not wedge-shaped.
  • first laminated body Two layers in which the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer are laminated are referred to as a first laminated body.
  • second laminated body Two layers in which the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member are laminated are defined as a second laminated body.
  • At least one of the first laminate and the second laminate preferably has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the first stacked body is wedge-shaped
  • the second stacked body may be rectangular.
  • the first stacked body may be rectangular.
  • first resin layer may be wedge-shaped
  • the first laminated glass member may be wedge-shaped
  • the first resin layer and the first laminated glass The member may be wedge-shaped.
  • the second resin layer may be wedge-shaped
  • the second laminated glass member may be wedge-shaped
  • the second resin layer and the second laminated glass The member may be wedge-shaped.
  • the wedge angle of the first laminate may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the first laminate is not wedge-shaped.
  • the wedge angle of the second laminate may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the second laminate is not wedge-shaped.
  • the wedge angle of the interlayer film is preferably 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the wedge angle of the laminated glass is preferably 0.1 mrad or more.
  • both the first resin layer and the second resin layer are preferably wedge-shaped. Only one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer may contain a heat shielding material.
  • the resin layer containing the heat shielding material has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad, and does not contain the heat shielding material. It is preferred that the layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the resin layer having a higher content of the heat shielding material has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad, and has a heat shielding property. It is preferable that the resin layer having the smaller substance content has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the wedge angle of the resin layer having a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad may be 0 mrad or may exceed 0 mrad.
  • the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminated body, the second laminated body, the interlayer film, and the wedge angle of the laminated glass are each preferably 0. .2 mrad (0.0115 degrees) or more.
  • the wedge angle is equal to or greater than the lower limit, a laminated glass suitable for a vehicle having a large windshield mounting angle such as a truck or a bus can be obtained.
  • the wedge angles of the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminate, the second laminate, the intermediate film, and the laminated glass are each preferably 2 mrad (0.1146 degrees) or less, more preferably It is 0.7 mrad (0.0401 degrees) or less, more preferably 0.5 mrad (0.0288 degrees) or less, and particularly preferably 0.47 mrad (0.027 degrees) or less. Multiple images are further suppressed when the wedge angle is less than or equal to the upper limit. If the wedge angle is less than or equal to the above upper limit, a laminated glass suitable for a vehicle such as a sports car with a small windshield mounting angle can be obtained.
  • the wedge angle ( ⁇ in FIG. 1) of the intermediate film is the straight line connecting the first surface (one surface) part of the intermediate film between the maximum thickness part and the minimum thickness part in the intermediate film, and the maximum thickness in the intermediate film. This is the inner angle at the intersection of the portion and the minimum thickness portion with the straight line connecting the second surface (the other surface) portion of the intermediate film.
  • a maximum thickness portion is in a constant region, or a minimum thickness portion is in a constant region, the maximum thickness portion for obtaining the wedge angle and The minimum thickness portion is selected so that the required wedge angle is maximized.
  • the wedge angles of the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminate, the second laminate, and the laminated glass can be determined in the same manner as the wedge angle of the interlayer film.
  • the intermediate film may be wound into a roll shape to form a roll body of the intermediate film.
  • the roll body may include a winding core and an intermediate film.
  • the intermediate film may be wound around the outer periphery of the winding core.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass using the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II in FIG.
  • the thickness of each member constituting the laminated glass and the laminated glass, and the wedge angle ( ⁇ ) are the actual thickness and the wedge angle. Is shown differently.
  • ⁇ the thickness of each member constituting the laminated glass and the laminated glass
  • ⁇ the wedge angle
  • the laminated glass 11 is shown by Fig.1 (a) and FIG.1 (b).
  • FIG. 1A a cross section in the thickness direction of the laminated glass 11 is shown.
  • the laminated glass 11 has one end 11a and the other end 11b on the opposite side of the one end 11a.
  • the one end 11a and the other end 11b are opposite ends on opposite sides.
  • the thickness of the other end 11b of the laminated glass 11 is larger than the thickness of the one end 11a. Therefore, the laminated glass 11 has a thin region and a thick region. It can also be said that the one end 11a is the lower end of the laminated glass and the other end 11b is the upper end of the laminated glass.
  • the laminated glass 11 is a head-up display.
  • the laminated glass 11 has a display area R1 of a head-up display.
  • the laminated glass 11 has a peripheral region R2 next to the display region R1.
  • the laminated glass 11 has a shade region R3 apart from the display region R1.
  • the shade region R3 is located at the edge of the laminated glass 11.
  • a laminated glass 11 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B includes a first laminated glass member 1, a first resin layer 2, an infrared reflecting layer 3, a second resin layer 4, 2 laminated glass members 5.
  • the 1st laminated glass member 1, the 1st resin layer 2, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, the 2nd resin layer 4, and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 are arrange
  • the laminated body of the 1st resin layer 2, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, and the 2nd resin layer 4 is the intermediate film 10 (intermediate film for laminated glasses).
  • An intermediate film 10 is disposed between the first laminated glass member 1 and the second laminated glass member 5.
  • the intermediate film 10 has a display corresponding region corresponding to the display region R1.
  • the intermediate film 10 has one end 10a and the other end 10b on the opposite side of the one end 10a.
  • the one end 10a and the other end 10b are opposite ends on opposite sides.
  • the thickness of the other end 10b of the intermediate film 10 is larger than the thickness of the one end 10a. Therefore, the intermediate film 10 has a thin region and a thick region.
  • the first resin layer 2 and the second resin layer 4 are wedge-shaped.
  • the 1st laminated glass member 1, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 are rectangles.
  • the cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of each member is a wedge shape.
  • the cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of each member is rectangular.
  • the 1st laminated body of the 1st laminated glass member 1 and the 1st resin layer 2 is wedge shape.
  • the 2nd laminated body of the 2nd resin layer 4 and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 is wedge shape.
  • the wedge angle of the first resin layer 2 is 0.1 mrad or more. In the present embodiment, the wedge angle of the second resin layer 4 is 0.1 mrad or more.
  • FIG. 2A and 2B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II in FIG.
  • FIGS. 2 (a) and 2 (b) A laminated glass 11A is shown in FIGS. 2 (a) and 2 (b).
  • FIG. 2A shows a cross section in the thickness direction of the laminated glass 11A.
  • the laminated glass 11A has one end 11a and the other end 11b on the opposite side of the one end 11a.
  • the thickness of the other end 11b of the laminated glass 11A is larger than the thickness of the one end 11a. Therefore, the laminated glass 11A has a thin region and a thick region.
  • Laminated glass 11A is a head-up display.
  • Laminated glass 11A has a display area R1 of a head-up display.
  • the laminated glass 11A has a peripheral region R2 next to the display region R1.
  • the laminated glass 11A has a shade region R3 apart from the display region R1.
  • the shade region R3 is located at the edge of the laminated glass 11A.
  • the laminated glass 11A includes a first laminated glass member 1A, a first resin layer 2A, an infrared reflective layer 3A, a second resin layer 4A, and a second laminated glass member 5A.
  • the first laminated glass member 1A, the first resin layer 2A, the infrared reflecting layer 3A, the second resin layer 4A, and the second laminated glass member 5A are arranged in this order. .
  • a laminated body of the first resin layer 2A, the infrared reflective layer 3A, and the second resin layer 4A is an intermediate film 10A (interlayer film for laminated glass).
  • the intermediate film 10A is disposed between the first laminated glass member 1A and the second laminated glass member 5A.
  • the intermediate film 10A has a display corresponding region corresponding to the display region R1.
  • the intermediate film 10A has one end 10a and the other end 10b on the opposite side of the one end 10a.
  • the one end 10a and the other end 10b are opposite ends on opposite sides.
  • the thickness of the other end 10b of the intermediate film 10A is larger than the thickness of the one end 10a. Therefore, the intermediate film 10A has a thin region and a thick region.
  • the first resin layer 2A has a wedge shape.
  • the first laminated glass member 1A, the infrared reflecting layer 3A, the second resin layer 4A, and the second laminated glass member 5A are rectangular.
  • the first laminated body of the first laminated glass member 1A and the first resin layer 2A has a wedge shape.
  • the second laminate of the second resin layer 4A and the second laminated glass member 5A is rectangular.
  • the wedge angle of the first resin layer 2A is 0.1 mrad or more.
  • the laminated glasses 11 and 11A have the maximum thickness at the other end 11b and the minimum thickness at the one end 11a.
  • the intermediate films 10 and 10A have the maximum thickness at the other end 10b and the minimum thickness at the one end 10a.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass have one end and the other end opposite to the one end.
  • the one end and the other end are end portions on both sides facing each other in the intermediate film and the laminated glass.
  • the thickness of the said other end is larger than the thickness of the said one end.
  • the maximum thickness of the interlayer film is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.25 mm or more, further preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 0.8 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, still more preferably Is 1.5 mm or less.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass are from a position of 6 cm from the one end to the other end to a position of 63.8 cm from the one end to the other end. It is preferable to have the display corresponding area and the display area in the area. Moreover, since it can be said that the one end 11a is the lower end of the laminated glass and the other end 11b is the upper end of the laminated glass as already described, the intermediate film and the laminated glass are located at a position of 6 cm from the lower end toward the upper end side. Therefore, it can be said that it is preferable to have the display corresponding area and the display area in an area from the lower end to the upper end at a position of 63.8 cm.
  • the display corresponding region and the display region may exist in a part of a region from a position of 6 cm from the one end to the other end to a position of 63.8 cm from the one end to the other end. Well, it may exist throughout.
  • the said intermediate film and the said laminated glass have a part whose cross-sectional shape of the thickness direction is wedge shape.
  • the cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of the display corresponding area and the display area is preferably wedge-shaped.
  • the glass preferably has a portion having a wedge-shaped cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction.
  • the portion having a wedge-shaped cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction may exist in a part of the region from the one end to the other end up to a position of 63.8 cm, or may exist in the whole.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass may have a shade region.
  • the shade area may be separated from the display corresponding area and the display area.
  • the interlayer film and the laminated glass preferably do not have a shade region, or when the shade region has a shade region, the shade region has the display corresponding region and the display. It is preferable to be separated from the area.
  • the shade region is provided for the purpose of preventing the driver during driving from feeling dazzled by, for example, sunlight or outdoor lighting.
  • the shade region may be provided to provide heat shielding properties.
  • the shade region is preferably located at an edge of the intermediate film and the laminated glass.
  • the shade region is preferably strip-shaped.
  • colorants or fillers may be used to change color and visible light transmission.
  • the colorant or filler may be included only in a partial region in the thickness direction of the intermediate film and the laminated glass, and is included in the entire region in the thickness direction of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Also good.
  • At least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains the colorant in a region different from the shade region.
  • the visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region is preferably 70% or more, preferably 74% or more, more preferably 75% or more, more More preferably, it is 78% or more, more preferably 80% or more, further preferably 85% or more, particularly preferably 88% or more, and most preferably 90% or more.
  • the visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region is preferably higher than the visible light transmittance of the shade region.
  • the visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region may be lower than the visible light transmittance of the shade region.
  • the visible light transmittance of the display area is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 60% or more higher than the visible light transmittance of the shade area.
  • the display corresponding area, the display area, and the shade area For example, when the visible light transmittance is changed in the display corresponding area, the display area, and the shade area, the display corresponding area, the center position of the display area, and the center position of the shade area are set. Then, the visible light transmittance is measured.
  • the visible light transmittance at a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm of the laminated glass can be measured using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech) in accordance with JIS R3211: 1998.
  • a clear glass having a thickness of 2 mm as the glass plate.
  • the display corresponding area and the display area preferably have a length direction and a width direction. Since the versatility of the laminated glass is excellent, it is preferable that the width direction of the display corresponding region and the display region is a direction connecting the one end and the other end.
  • the display corresponding area and the display area are preferably strip-shaped.
  • the first resin layer and the second resin layer preferably each have an MD direction and a TD direction.
  • the first resin layer and the second resin layer are obtained by, for example, melt extrusion molding.
  • the MD direction is the flow direction of the resin layer at the time of manufacturing the first resin layer and the second resin layer.
  • the TD direction is a direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the first resin layer and the second resin layer at the time of manufacturing the first resin layer and the second resin layer, and the first resin layer. It is a direction orthogonal to the thickness direction of the layer and the second resin layer. It is preferable that the one end and the other end are located on both sides in the TD direction.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass have a minimum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.2X from one end to the inside, and a maximum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.2X from the other end to the inside. It is preferable to have.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass have a minimum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.1X from one end to the inside, and a maximum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.1X from the other end to the inside. It is more preferable to have.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass preferably have a minimum thickness at one end, and the intermediate film and the laminated glass preferably have a maximum thickness at the other end.
  • the intermediate film and the laminated glass may have a uniform thickness portion.
  • the uniform thickness portion means that the thickness does not change more than 10 ⁇ m per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Therefore, the uniform thickness portion refers to a portion where the thickness does not change more than 10 ⁇ m per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting the one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Specifically, the uniform thickness portion has no change in thickness in the direction connecting the one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass, or the one end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. And a portion where the thickness is changed by 10 ⁇ m or less per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting the other end.
  • the distance X between one end and the other end of the interlayer film and the laminated glass is preferably 3 m or less, more preferably 2 m or less, particularly preferably 1.5 m or less, preferably 0.5 m or more, more preferably 0. 0.8 m or more, particularly preferably 1 m or more.
  • the laminated glass has an opening between an external space and an internal space where heat rays are incident from the external space, and the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side, and It is preferable that the second laminated glass member is attached so as to be positioned on the inner space side.
  • the infrared reflection layer reflects infrared rays.
  • the infrared reflection layer is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to reflect infrared rays.
  • the infrared reflective layer examples include a resin film with a metal foil, a multilayer laminated film in which a metal layer and a dielectric layer are formed on the resin layer, a film containing graphite, a multilayer resin film, and a liquid crystal film. These films have the ability to reflect infrared radiation.
  • the infrared reflective layer is preferably a resin film with metal foil, a film containing graphite, a multilayer resin film, or a liquid crystal film. These films are quite excellent in infrared reflection performance. Therefore, the use of these films provides a laminated glass that has a higher heat-shielding property and can maintain a high visible light transmittance for a longer period of time.
  • the resin film with metal foil includes a resin film and a metal foil laminated on the outer surface of the resin film.
  • the resin film material include polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer resin, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyolefin resin, poly A vinyl chloride resin, a polyimide resin, etc. are mentioned.
  • the material for the metal foil include aluminum, copper, silver, gold, palladium, and alloys containing these.
  • the multilayer laminated film in which the metal layer and the dielectric layer are formed on the resin layer is a multilayer laminated film in which the metal layer and the dielectric layer are alternately laminated in any number of layers on the resin layer (resin film).
  • resin film resin layer
  • Examples of the material for the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film include the same materials as those for the resin film in the resin film with metal foil.
  • As the material of the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film polyethylene, polypropylene, polylactic acid, poly (4-methylpentene-1), polyvinylidene fluoride, cyclic polyolefin, polymethyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl Examples include alcohol, polyamides such as nylon 6, 11, 12, 66, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyester, polyphenylene sulfide, and polyetherimide.
  • Examples of the material for the metal layer in the multilayer laminated film include the same materials as those for the metal foil in the resin film with metal foil.
  • a coating layer of a metal or a mixed oxide of metal can be provided on both surfaces or one surface of the metal layer.
  • Examples of the material for the coating layer include ZnO, Al 2 O 3 , Ga 2 O 3 , InO 3 , MgO, Ti, NiCr, and Cu.
  • Examples of the material of the dielectric layer in the multilayer laminated film include indium oxide.
  • the multilayer resin film is a laminated film in which a plurality of resin films are laminated.
  • the material for the multilayer resin film include the same materials as those for the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film.
  • the number of laminated resin films in the multilayer resin film is 2 or more, 3 or more, or 5 or more. 1000 or less may be sufficient as the number of lamination
  • the multilayer resin film may be a multilayer resin film in which two or more types of thermoplastic resin layers having different optical properties (refractive indexes) are alternately or randomly laminated in an arbitrary number of layers. Such a multilayer resin film is configured to obtain desired infrared reflection performance.
  • liquid crystal film As said liquid crystal film, the film which laminated
  • Such a liquid crystal film is configured to obtain desired infrared reflection performance.
  • the infrared reflecting layer preferably has a property that the infrared transmittance is 40% or less at at least one wavelength in the range of 800 nm to 2000 nm because of excellent performance of reflecting infrared rays.
  • the infrared transmittance of the infrared reflective layer used in the examples described later satisfies the above preferable conditions. At least one wavelength within the range of 800 nm to 2000 nm, the infrared transmittance is more preferably 30% or less, and still more preferably 20% or less.
  • the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer is measured as follows.
  • a single infrared reflecting layer is prepared.
  • the spectral transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer is obtained in accordance with JIS R3106: 1998 or JIS R3107: 2013. In accordance with JIS R3107: 2013, it is preferable to obtain the spectral transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer.
  • Thermoplastic resin contains a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter may be referred to as a thermoplastic resin (1)). It is preferable that a 1st resin layer contains polyvinyl acetal resin (Hereinafter, it may be described as polyvinyl acetal resin (1).) As a thermoplastic resin (1).
  • the second resin layer contains a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a thermoplastic resin (2)). It is preferable that a 2nd resin layer contains polyvinyl acetal resin (Hereinafter, it may be described as polyvinyl acetal resin (2).) As a thermoplastic resin (2).
  • thermoplastic resin (1) and the thermoplastic resin (2) may be the same or different. As for the said thermoplastic resin (1) and the said thermoplastic resin (2), only 1 type may respectively be used and 2 or more types may be used together. As for the said polyvinyl acetal resin (1) and the said polyvinyl acetal resin (2), only 1 type may respectively be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include polyvinyl acetal resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer resin, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyolefin resin, polyvinyl acetate resin, polystyrene resin, and ionomer resin. Is mentioned. Thermoplastic resins other than these may be used.
  • the thermoplastic resin is preferably a polyvinyl acetal resin.
  • the adhesive force of the resin layer to other layers such as the laminated glass member and the infrared reflection layer is further increased.
  • the polyvinyl acetal resin can be produced, for example, by acetalizing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with an aldehyde.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably an acetalized product of polyvinyl alcohol.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol can be obtained, for example, by saponifying polyvinyl acetate.
  • the saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol is generally in the range of 70 to 99.9 mol%.
  • the average degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 500 or more, still more preferably 1500 or more, still more preferably 1600 or more, particularly preferably 2600 or more, most preferably 2700 or more, preferably It is 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, and still more preferably 3500 or less.
  • the average degree of polymerization is not less than the above lower limit, the penetration resistance of the laminated glass is further enhanced.
  • the average degree of polymerization is not more than the above upper limit, the resin layer can be easily molded.
  • the average degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol is determined by a method based on JIS K6726 “Testing method for polyvinyl alcohol”.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acetal group contained in the polyvinyl acetal resin is not particularly limited.
  • the aldehyde used when manufacturing the said polyvinyl acetal resin is not specifically limited.
  • the acetal group in the polyvinyl acetal resin preferably has 3 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 or 4. When the carbon number of the acetal group in the polyvinyl acetal resin is 3 or more, the glass transition temperature of the resin layer is sufficiently low.
  • the aldehyde is not particularly limited. In general, aldehydes having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferably used. Examples of the aldehyde having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, n-valeraldehyde, 2-ethylbutyraldehyde, n-hexylaldehyde, n-octylaldehyde, and n-nonylaldehyde. N-decylaldehyde, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde and the like.
  • Propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, n-hexylaldehyde or n-valeraldehyde is preferred, propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde or isobutyraldehyde is more preferred, and n-butyraldehyde is still more preferred.
  • the said aldehyde only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl group amount) of the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 18 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, particularly preferably 28 mol% or more, preferably 40 mol. % Or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, still more preferably 32 mol% or less.
  • the hydroxyl group content is at least the above lower limit, the adhesive strength of the resin layer is further increased.
  • the flexibility of a resin layer becomes it high that the content rate of the said hydroxyl group is below the said upper limit, and the handling of a resin layer becomes easy.
  • the hydroxyl group content of the polyvinyl acetal resin is a value indicating the mole fraction obtained by dividing the amount of ethylene groups to which the hydroxyl group is bonded by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain, as a percentage.
  • the amount of ethylene group to which the hydroxyl group is bonded can be measured, for example, according to JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral”.
  • the degree of acetylation (acetyl group amount) of the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably 0.1 mol% or more, more preferably 0.3 mol% or more, still more preferably 0.5 mol% or more, preferably 30 mol% or less. More preferably, it is 25 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, particularly preferably 15 mol% or less, and most preferably 3 mol% or less.
  • the acetylation degree is not less than the above lower limit, the compatibility between the polyvinyl acetal resin and the plasticizer is increased.
  • the acetylation degree is not more than the above upper limit, the moisture resistance of the laminated glass is increased.
  • the degree of acetylation is a value indicating the mole fraction obtained by dividing the amount of ethylene groups to which acetyl groups are bonded by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain, as a percentage.
  • the amount of ethylene group to which the acetyl group is bonded can be measured, for example, according to JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral”.
  • the degree of acetalization of the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 63 mol% or more, preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 75 mol%. Hereinafter, it is 70 mol% or less more preferably.
  • the degree of acetalization is not less than the above lower limit, the compatibility between the polyvinyl acetal resin and the plasticizer increases.
  • the degree of acetalization is less than or equal to the above upper limit, the reaction time required for producing a polyvinyl acetal resin is shortened.
  • the degree of acetalization is determined as follows. First, a value obtained by subtracting the amount of ethylene groups bonded with hydroxyl groups and the amount of ethylene groups bonded with acetyl groups from the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain is obtained. The obtained value is divided by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain to obtain the mole fraction. A value indicating the mole fraction as a percentage is the degree of acetalization.
  • the hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl group amount), acetalization degree (butyralization degree), and acetylation degree are preferably calculated from results measured by a method based on JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”. However, measurement according to ASTM D1396-92 may be used.
  • the polyvinyl acetal resin is a polyvinyl butyral resin
  • the hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl content), the acetalization degree (butyralization degree), and the acetylation degree are determined in accordance with JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”. It can be calculated from the results measured by
  • the first resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a plasticizer (1)).
  • the second resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a plasticizer (2)).
  • the thermoplastic resin contained in the resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin
  • the resin layer particularly preferably contains a plasticizer.
  • the layer containing the polyvinyl acetal resin preferably contains a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer is not particularly limited.
  • a conventionally known plasticizer can be used as the plasticizer.
  • As for the said plasticizer only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • plasticizer examples include organic ester plasticizers such as monobasic organic acid esters and polybasic organic acid esters, and organic phosphate plasticizers such as organic phosphoric acid plasticizers and organic phosphorous acid plasticizers. .
  • organic ester plasticizers are preferred.
  • the plasticizer is preferably a liquid plasticizer.
  • Examples of the monobasic organic acid ester include glycol esters obtained by reaction of glycol with a monobasic organic acid.
  • Examples of the glycol include triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol.
  • Examples of the monobasic organic acid include butyric acid, isobutyric acid, caproic acid, 2-ethylbutyric acid, heptylic acid, n-octylic acid, 2-ethylhexylic acid, n-nonylic acid, and decylic acid.
  • polybasic organic acid ester examples include ester compounds of a polybasic organic acid and an alcohol having a linear or branched structure having 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • polybasic organic acid examples include adipic acid, sebacic acid, and azelaic acid.
  • organic ester plasticizer examples include triethylene glycol di-2-ethylpropanoate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, Triethylene glycol di-n-octanoate, triethylene glycol di-n-heptanoate, tetraethylene glycol di-n-heptanoate, dibutyl sebacate, dioctyl azelate, dibutyl carbitol adipate, ethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, 1,3-propylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, 1,4-butylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, diethylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, diethylene glycol di-2-ethyl Xanoate, dipropylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethy
  • organic phosphate plasticizer examples include tributoxyethyl phosphate, isodecylphenyl phosphate, triisopropyl phosphate, and the like.
  • the plasticizer is preferably a diester plasticizer represented by the following formula (1).
  • R1 and R2 each represents an organic group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R3 represents an ethylene group, an isopropylene group or an n-propylene group
  • p represents an integer of 3 to 10
  • R1 and R2 in the above formula (1) are each preferably an organic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the plasticizer preferably contains triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) or triethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate (3GH). Triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate It is more preferable to contain.
  • the content of the plasticizer is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the plasticizer is preferably 25 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the thermoplastic resin. Is 30 parts by weight or more, more preferably 35 parts by weight or more.
  • the content of the plasticizer is preferably 75 parts by weight or less, more preferably 100 parts by weight or more. Is 60 parts by weight or less, more preferably 50 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40 parts by weight or less.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains a colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a colorant (1)) in the display corresponding region.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains a colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a colorant (2)) in the display corresponding region.
  • the first resin layer may contain a colorant (1) in the display corresponding region. It is preferable that the first resin layer includes a colorant (1) in the display corresponding region, and the second resin layer includes a colorant (2) in the display corresponding region.
  • the said coloring agent only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the resin layer having a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad preferably contains a colorant.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the colorant is preferably 380 nm or more, more preferably 500 nm or more, still more preferably 600 nm, preferably 780 nm or less.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength means a wavelength at which the absorbance of the colorant is maximized.
  • Examples of the colorant include pigments and dyes.
  • the pigment and the dye are distinguished as follows.
  • polyvinyl butyral resin 100 parts by weight of polyvinyl butyral resin (using n-butyraldehyde, polymerization degree of polyvinyl alcohol 1700, hydroxyl group content 30 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, butyralization degree 69 mol%) and triethylene glycol di- 40 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) and a colorant in an amount of 0.015 parts by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the total amount of polyvinyl butyral resin, 3GO, and colorant are kneaded and kneaded Get. This kneaded product is extruded to obtain a resin film having a thickness of 760 ⁇ m.
  • polyvinyl butyral resin 100 parts by weight of polyvinyl butyral resin (using n-butyraldehyde, polymerization degree of polyvinyl alcohol 1700, hydroxyl group content 30 mol%, acetylation degree 1
  • This resin film is disposed between two pieces of clear glass (thickness 2.5 mm) having a visible light transmittance of 90% measured according to JIS R3106: 1998 to produce a laminated glass.
  • a colorant having a haze value of 0.35% or more of the obtained laminated glass is defined as a pigment.
  • a colorant having a haze value of less than 0.35% is defined as a dye.
  • the pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
  • the organic pigment may be an organic pigment having a metal atom or an organic pigment having no metal atom. As for the said pigment, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • organic pigment examples include phthalocyanine compounds, quinacudrine compounds, azo compounds, pentaphen compounds, dioxazine compounds, perylene compounds, indole compounds, and dioxazine compounds.
  • examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, iron oxide, zinc oxide, and titanium oxide.
  • the colorant is preferably a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, an anthracocyanine compound, a quinacdrine compound, an azo compound, a pentaphen compound, a dioxazine compound, a perylene compound, an indole compound, or carbon black.
  • the colorant is preferably at least one component X among phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds.
  • the component X is not particularly limited.
  • component X conventionally known phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds can be used.
  • Examples of the component X include phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, a derivative of naphthalocyanine, anthracyanine, an anthracocyanine derivative, and the like.
  • the phthalocyanine compound and the phthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a phthalocyanine skeleton.
  • the naphthalocyanine compound and the naphthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a naphthalocyanine skeleton. It is preferable that each of the anthocyanin compound and the derivative of the anthracyanine has an anthracyanine skeleton.
  • the component X is preferably phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine or a derivative of naphthalocyanine, and a derivative of phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine It is more preferable that
  • the component X may contain a vanadium atom or a copper atom.
  • the component X preferably contains a vanadium atom, and preferably contains a copper atom.
  • the component X is more preferably at least one of a phthalocyanine containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom and a phthalocyanine derivative containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom.
  • the component X preferably has a structural unit in which an oxygen atom is bonded to a vanadium atom.
  • the content of the colorant and the content of component X preferably satisfy the following preferred ranges.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0.00001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.0001% by weight. More preferably, it is 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the colorant is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the colorant is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0.00001% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the colorant in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer). Above, more preferably 0.0001% by weight or more, still more preferably 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0.2% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the colorant in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer). Below, more preferably 0.1% by weight or less, still more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the colorant is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.
  • the content of the component X is preferably 0.00001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.0001% by weight. More preferably, it is 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.
  • the content of the component X is preferably 0.00001% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the component X in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer). Above, more preferably 0.0001% by weight or more, still more preferably 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more.
  • the content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the component X in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer). Below, more preferably 0.1% by weight or less, still more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains a heat shielding material.
  • the first resin layer may not contain a heat shielding material.
  • the content of the heat shielding material in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the heat shielding material in the second resin layer.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains a heat shielding material.
  • the said heat-shielding substance only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the heat shielding material preferably contains at least one component X of phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds, or contains heat shielding particles. In this case, both the component X and the heat shielding particles may be included.
  • the first resin layer preferably includes at least one component X among phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds.
  • the first resin layer may not contain the component X.
  • the content of the component X in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the component X in the second resin layer.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains the component X.
  • As for the said component X only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the component X is not particularly limited.
  • component X conventionally known phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds can be used.
  • Examples of the component X include phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, a derivative of naphthalocyanine, anthracyanine, an anthracocyanine derivative, and the like.
  • the phthalocyanine compound and the phthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a phthalocyanine skeleton.
  • the naphthalocyanine compound and the naphthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a naphthalocyanine skeleton. It is preferable that each of the anthocyanin compound and the derivative of the anthracyanine has an anthracyanine skeleton.
  • the component X is preferably phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, or a derivative of naphthalocyanine, and more preferably a derivative of phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine.
  • the component X preferably contains a vanadium atom or a copper atom.
  • the component X preferably contains a vanadium atom, and preferably contains a copper atom.
  • the component X is more preferably at least one of a phthalocyanine containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom and a phthalocyanine derivative containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom.
  • the component X preferably has a structural unit in which an oxygen atom is bonded to a vanadium atom.
  • the component X also corresponds to a heat shielding material.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains the component X from the viewpoint of effectively increasing the heat shielding property.
  • the first resin layer may not contain the component X.
  • the content of the component X in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the component X in the second resin layer.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains the component X.
  • the said component X only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the content of the component X preferably satisfies the following preferable range.
  • the content of the component X is preferably 0.001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.005% by weight. Above, more preferably 0.01% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less.
  • the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, the heat shielding property is sufficiently high and the visible light transmittance is sufficiently high.
  • the visible light transmittance can be 70% or more.
  • the first resin layer preferably includes heat shielding particles.
  • the first resin layer may not include the heat shielding particles.
  • the content of the heat shielding particles in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the heat shielding particles in the second resin layer.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains the heat shielding particles.
  • the heat shielding particles are heat shielding materials. By using heat shielding particles, infrared rays (heat rays) can be effectively blocked. As for the said heat-shielding particle, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the heat shielding particles are more preferably metal oxide particles.
  • the heat shielding particles are preferably particles (metal oxide particles) formed of a metal oxide.
  • Infrared rays having a wavelength longer than 780 nm longer than visible light have a smaller amount of energy than ultraviolet rays.
  • infrared rays have a large thermal effect, and when infrared rays are absorbed by a substance, they are released as heat. For this reason, infrared rays are generally called heat rays.
  • heat shielding particles By using the heat shielding particles, infrared rays (heat rays) can be effectively blocked.
  • the heat shielding particles mean particles that can absorb infrared rays.
  • heat shielding particles include aluminum-doped tin oxide particles, indium-doped tin oxide particles, antimony-doped tin oxide particles (ATO particles), gallium-doped zinc oxide particles (GZO particles), and indium-doped zinc oxide particles (IZO particles).
  • Aluminum doped zinc oxide particles (AZO particles), niobium doped titanium oxide particles, sodium doped tungsten oxide particles, cesium doped tungsten oxide particles, thallium doped tungsten oxide particles, rubidium doped tungsten oxide particles, tin doped indium oxide particles (ITO particles)
  • Metal oxide particles such as tin-doped zinc oxide particles and silicon-doped zinc oxide particles, and lanthanum hexaboride (LaB 6 ) particles. Heat shielding particles other than these may be used.
  • Metal oxide particles are preferred because of their high heat ray shielding function, ATO particles, GZO particles, IZO particles, ITO particles or tungsten oxide particles are more preferred, and ITO particles or tungsten oxide particles are particularly preferred.
  • tin-doped indium oxide particles (ITO particles) are preferable, and tungsten oxide particles are also preferable because they have a high heat ray shielding function and are easily available.
  • the tungsten oxide particles are preferably metal-doped tungsten oxide particles.
  • the “tungsten oxide particles” include metal-doped tungsten oxide particles. Specific examples of the metal-doped tungsten oxide particles include sodium-doped tungsten oxide particles, cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles, thallium-doped tungsten oxide particles, and rubidium-doped tungsten oxide particles.
  • cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles are particularly preferable.
  • the cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles are preferably tungsten oxide particles represented by the formula: Cs 0.33 WO 3 .
  • the average particle diameter of the heat shielding particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.02 ⁇ m or more, preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less.
  • the average particle size is not less than the above lower limit, the heat ray shielding property is sufficiently increased.
  • the average particle size is not more than the above upper limit, the dispersibility of the heat shielding particles is increased.
  • the “average particle diameter” indicates a volume average particle diameter.
  • the average particle diameter can be measured using a particle size distribution measuring device (“UPA-EX150” manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.) or the like.
  • the content of the heat shielding particles is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1%. % By weight or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 1.5% by weight or more.
  • the content of the heat shielding particles is preferably 6% by weight or less, more preferably 5.5% by weight.
  • it is further preferably 4% by weight or less, particularly preferably 3.5% by weight or less, and most preferably 3% by weight or less.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains a metal salt (hereinafter sometimes referred to as metal salt M) which is an alkali metal salt, an alkaline earth metal salt or a magnesium salt.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains the metal salt M.
  • metal salt M By using the metal salt M, it becomes easy to control the adhesion between the resin layer, the infrared reflective layer, and the laminated glass member.
  • the said metal salt M only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the metal salt M preferably contains a metal that is Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Mg, Ca, Sr, or Ba.
  • the metal salt contained in the resin layer preferably contains K or Mg.
  • the metal salt M is an alkali metal salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms, an alkaline earth metal salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms, or a magnesium salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably a carboxylic acid magnesium salt having 2 to 16 carbon atoms or a carboxylic acid potassium salt having 2 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the C 2-16 carboxylic acid magnesium salt and the C 2-16 carboxylic acid potassium salt include magnesium acetate, potassium acetate, magnesium propionate, potassium propionate, magnesium 2-ethylbutyrate, 2-ethylbutanoic acid. Examples include potassium, magnesium 2-ethylhexanoate, and potassium 2-ethylhexanoate.
  • the total content of Mg and K in the layer containing the metal salt M is preferably 5 ppm or more, more preferably 10 ppm or more, still more preferably 20 ppm or more, preferably Is 300 ppm or less, more preferably 250 ppm or less, still more preferably 200 ppm or less.
  • the adhesion between the resin layer, the infrared reflecting layer, and the laminated glass member can be controlled even better.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains an ultraviolet shielding agent.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains an ultraviolet shielding agent.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent By using the ultraviolet shielding agent, even when the laminated glass is used for a long period of time, the visible light transmittance is further hardly lowered.
  • the said ultraviolet shielding agent only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent includes an ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent examples include an ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal atom, an ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal oxide, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure (benzotriazole compound), and an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure (benzophenone compound). ), UV screening agent having triazine structure (triazine compound), UV screening agent having malonate ester structure (malonic acid ester compound), UV screening agent having oxalic acid anilide structure (oxalic acid anilide compound) and benzoate structure Examples thereof include an ultraviolet shielding agent (benzoate compound).
  • Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal atom include platinum particles, particles in which the surface of the platinum particles is coated with silica, palladium particles, particles in which the surface of the palladium particles is coated with silica, and the like.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably not a heat shielding particle.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a triazine structure, or an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzoate structure.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent is more preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure or an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure, and more preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent containing the metal oxide include zinc oxide, titanium oxide, and cerium oxide. Furthermore, the surface may be coat
  • the insulating metal oxide examples include silica, alumina and zirconia.
  • the insulating metal oxide has a band gap energy of 5.0 eV or more, for example.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet screening agent having the benzotriazole structure include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole (“TinvinP” manufactured by BASF), 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-t-butylphenyl) benzotriazole (“Tinvin 320” manufactured by BASF), 2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole (BASF) And “Tinuvin 326” manufactured by BASF, etc.) and the like.
  • the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure containing a halogen atom, and may be an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure containing a chlorine atom. More preferred.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the benzophenone structure include octabenzone (“Chimasorb 81” manufactured by BASF).
  • UV shielding agent having the triazine structure examples include “LA-F70” manufactured by ADEKA and 2- (4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -5-[(hexyl). Oxy] -phenol (“Tinuvin 1577FF” manufactured by BASF) and the like.
  • UV screening agent having a malonic ester structure examples include dimethyl 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene) malonate, tetraethyl-2,2- (1,4-phenylenedimethylidene) bismalonate, and 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene).
  • 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene) malonate examples include dimethyl 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene) malonate, tetraethyl-2,2- (1,4-phenylenedimethylidene) bismalonate, and 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene).
  • Examples of commercially available ultraviolet screening agents having the malonic ester structure include Hostavin B-CAP, Hostavin PR-25, and Hostavin PR-31 (all manufactured by Clariant).
  • Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the oxalic anilide structure include N- (2-ethylphenyl) -N ′-(2-ethoxy-5-tert-butylphenyl) oxalic acid diamide, N- (2-ethylphenyl)- Oxalic acid having an aryl group substituted on the nitrogen atom, such as N ′-(2-ethoxy-phenyl) oxalic acid diamide, 2-ethyl-2′-ethoxy-oxalanilide (“Sanduvor VSU” manufactured by Clariant) And diamides.
  • ultraviolet shielding agent having the benzoate structure examples include 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate (“Tinuvin 120” manufactured by BASF). .
  • the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 0.2%. % By weight or more, more preferably 0.3% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the ultraviolet shielding agent (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably 2.5% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 1% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.8% by weight or less.
  • the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, a decrease in visible light transmittance after a lapse of time is further suppressed.
  • the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is 0.2% by weight or more, so that a decrease in visible light transmittance after a lapse of the laminated glass period is remarkably suppressed. it can.
  • the first resin layer preferably contains an antioxidant.
  • the second resin layer preferably contains an antioxidant. As for the said antioxidant, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • antioxidants examples include phenol-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and phosphorus-based antioxidants.
  • the phenolic antioxidant is an antioxidant having a phenol skeleton.
  • the sulfur-based antioxidant is an antioxidant containing a sulfur atom.
  • the phosphorus antioxidant is an antioxidant containing a phosphorus atom.
  • the antioxidant is preferably a phenolic antioxidant or a phosphorus antioxidant.
  • phenolic antioxidant examples include 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol (BHT), butylhydroxyanisole (BHA), 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-ethylphenol, stearyl- ⁇ - (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 2,2′-methylenebis- (4-methyl-6-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis- (4-ethyl-6) -T-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylidene-bis- (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 1,1,3-tris- (2-methyl-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl) butane Tetrakis [methylene-3- (3 ′, 5′-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] methane, 1,3,3-tris- (2-methyl-4-hydroxy-) 5-t-butylphenol) butane, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris
  • Examples of the phosphorus antioxidant include tridecyl phosphite, tris (tridecyl) phosphite, triphenyl phosphite, trinonylphenyl phosphite, bis (tridecyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis (decyl) pentaerythritol diphos.
  • antioxidants examples include “IRGANOX 245” manufactured by BASF, “IRGAFOS 168” manufactured by BASF, “IRGAFOS 38” manufactured by BASF, “Smilizer BHT” manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., and Sakai Chemical Industry Examples thereof include “H-BHT” and “IRGANOX 1010” manufactured by BASF.
  • the antioxidant is contained in 100% by weight of the layer containing the antioxidant (first resin layer or second resin layer).
  • the amount is preferably 0.1% by weight or more.
  • content of the said antioxidant is 2 weight% or less in 100 weight% of layers containing the said antioxidant.
  • the first resin layer and the second resin layer are respectively adjusted for adhesive strength other than coupling agents, dispersants, surfactants, flame retardants, antistatic agents, pigments, dyes, and metal salts as necessary.
  • Additives such as an agent, a moisture-proofing agent, a fluorescent brightening agent and an infrared absorber may be included. As for these additives, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • first and second laminated glass members examples include glass plates and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) films.
  • the laminated glass includes not only laminated glass in which an intermediate layer is sandwiched between two glass plates, but also laminated glass in which an intermediate layer is sandwiched between a glass plate and a PET film or the like.
  • Laminated glass is a laminated body provided with a glass plate, and preferably at least one glass plate is used.
  • Each of the first and second laminated glass members is a glass plate or a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film, and the laminated glass includes at least one glass plate as the first and second laminated glass members. It is preferable. It is particularly preferable that both the first and second laminated glass members are glass plates.
  • the glass plate examples include inorganic glass and organic glass.
  • the inorganic glass examples include float plate glass, heat ray absorbing plate glass, heat ray reflecting plate glass, polished plate glass, mold plate glass, mesh plate glass, wire plate glass, and green glass.
  • the organic glass is a synthetic resin glass that replaces the inorganic glass.
  • the organic glass examples include polycarbonate plates and poly (meth) acrylic resin plates.
  • the poly (meth) acrylic resin plate include a polymethyl (meth) acrylate plate.
  • the first laminated glass member and the second laminated glass member are each preferably clear glass or heat ray absorbing plate glass. Since the infrared transmittance is high and the heat shielding property of the laminated glass is further enhanced, the first laminated glass member is preferably clear glass. Since the infrared transmittance is low and the heat shielding property of the laminated glass is further enhanced, the second laminated glass member is preferably a heat ray absorbing plate glass. The heat ray absorbing plate glass is preferably green glass. It is preferable that the first laminated glass member is clear glass and the second laminated glass member is a heat ray absorbing plate glass. The heat ray absorbing plate glass is a heat ray absorbing plate glass based on JIS R3208.
  • the laminated glass is used, in the building or the vehicle, the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side, and the second laminated glass member is positioned on the internal space side. Thus, the laminated glass mentioned above is attached to the opening.
  • the laminated glass is attached to the opening so that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side. That is, the laminated glass is arranged in the order of external space / first laminated glass member / first resin layer / infrared reflective layer / (second resin layer /) second laminated glass member / internal space. Install.
  • the arrangement form includes a case where another member is disposed between the outer space and the first laminated glass member, and the other member is disposed between the inner space and the second laminated glass member. The case where it is arranged is included.
  • the head-up display system includes the laminated glass and a light source device for irradiating the laminated glass with image display light.
  • the light source device can be attached to a dashboard in a building or a vehicle, for example.
  • Image display can be performed by irradiating the display area of the laminated glass with light from the light source device.
  • the laminated glass described above so that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side.
  • a head-up display system can be manufactured by performing the process of attaching to the opening.
  • the laminated glass is preferably a laminated glass that can be used in a head-up display system.
  • the laminated glass is suitably used for a windshield of a car.
  • the laminated glass is preferably a laminated glass that can be used for a windshield of a car.
  • Polyvinyl acetal resin (PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%)
  • n-butyraldehyde having 4 carbon atoms is used for acetalization.
  • degree of acetalization degree of butyralization
  • degree of acetylation degree of acetylation
  • hydroxyl group content was measured by a method based on JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”.
  • ASTM D1396-92 the same numerical value as the method based on JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral” was shown.
  • Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF) 0.2 parts by weight
  • NIR-43V component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 755 nm, “NIR-43V” manufactured by Yamada Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • FF IRSORB 203 component X, naphthalocyanine compound, maximum absorption wavelength 850 nm, “FF IRSORB 203” manufactured by Fuji Film
  • IR-906 component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 930 nm, “EEX Color 906” manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • IR-915 component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 980 nm, “EEX Color 915” manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • Nano90S (Infrared reflective layer) Nano90S (3M, multilayer resin film, “Multilayer Nano 90S” manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited)
  • Example 1 Production of first resin layer: The following components were blended and sufficiently kneaded with a mixing roll to obtain a composition for forming the first resin layer.
  • polyvinyl acetal resin PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%) 40 parts by weight of triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, an amount of 0.2% by weight in the obtained resin layer, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF Corporation ) BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol) in an amount of 0.2% by weight in the resulting resin layer
  • composition for forming the obtained 1st resin layer was extruded with the extruder, and the 1st resin layer which has the thickness and wedge angle which are shown in following Table 1 was obtained.
  • Production of second resin layer The following components were blended and sufficiently kneaded with a mixing roll to obtain a composition for forming the second resin layer.
  • polyvinyl acetal resin PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%) 40 parts by weight of triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) NIR-43V in an amount of 0.009% by weight in the resulting resin layer (component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, “NIR-43V” manufactured by Yamada Chemical Co., Ltd.) Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, an amount of 0.2% by weight in the obtained resin layer, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF Corporation ) BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol) in an amount of 0.2% by weight in the resulting resin layer
  • the composition for forming the obtained 2nd resin layer was extruded with the extruder, and the 2nd resin layer was obtained.
  • the second resin layer was rectangular, and the thickness of the second resin layer was 380 ⁇ m. Further, the colorant NIR-43V was uniformly dispersed over the entire surface of the obtained second resin layer.
  • infrared reflection layer and first and second laminated glass members As an infrared reflective layer, Nano90S (3M, multilayer resin film, “Multilayer Nano 90S” manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited) Prepared.
  • Nano90S 3M, multilayer resin film, “Multilayer Nano 90S” manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited
  • Green glass (heat ray absorbing plate glass, thickness 2 mm, size length 1.0 m ⁇ width 1.0 m) was prepared as the second laminated glass member.
  • Laminated glass production The 1st laminated glass member, the 1st resin layer, the infrared reflective layer, the 2nd resin layer, and the 2nd laminated glass member were laminated in this order, and laminated glass was obtained.
  • the wedge angle of the first laminate of the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer was the same as the wedge angle of the first resin layer.
  • NIR-43V which is a colorant
  • NIR-43V which is a colorant
  • the obtained laminated glass has a colorant over the entire surface, and the range corresponding to 40 mm to 160 mm from the one end where the thickness is thin was set as the display corresponding region. Therefore, the obtained interlayer film for laminated glass and laminated glass had a colorant in the display corresponding region.
  • Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 A laminated glass was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structure of the interlayer film was changed as shown in Tables 1 to 3 below.
  • Comparative Examples 1 and 2 no colorant was used. In Comparative Example 1, the interlayer film was not wedged. In Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, in the first and second resin layers, the same ultraviolet shielding agent and antioxidant as in Example 1 were used in the same resin layer as in Example 1. It mix

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Joining Of Glass To Other Materials (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Instrument Panels (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an intermediate film for laminated glasses, which can improve heat-blocking properties, and can prevent the occurrence of ghosting and therefore can improve the display of an image. The intermediate film for laminated glasses according to the present invention is one that can be used in a laminated glass that serves as a head up display, has a display corresponding region that corresponds to a display region in the head up display, and is provided with an infrared ray reflection layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, wherein the first resin layer is arranged on a first surface side of the infrared ray reflection layer, the second resin layer is arranged on a second surface side, which is opposed to the first surface, of the infrared ray reflection layer, the first resin layer and/or the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, and the first resin layer and/or the second resin layer contains a coloring agent in the display corresponding region thereof.

Description

合わせガラス用中間膜、合わせガラス及びヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法Method for manufacturing interlayer film for laminated glass, laminated glass, and head-up display system


　本発明は、赤外線反射層を有する合わせガラス用中間膜に関する。また、本発明は、赤外線反射層を有する中間膜を備える合わせガラスに関する。また、本発明は、赤外線反射層を有する中間膜を備える合わせガラスを用いるヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法に関する。
The present invention relates to an interlayer film for laminated glass having an infrared reflective layer. Moreover, this invention relates to a laminated glass provided with the intermediate film which has an infrared reflective layer. The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a head-up display system using a laminated glass including an intermediate film having an infrared reflective layer.


　合わせガラスは、一般に、外部衝撃を受けて破損してもガラスの破片の飛散量が少なく、安全性に優れている。このため、上記合わせガラスは、自動車、鉄道車両、航空機、船舶及び建築物等に広く使用されている。上記合わせガラスは、一対のガラス板の間に合わせガラス用中間膜を挟み込むことにより、製造されている。このような車両及び建築物の開口部に用いられる合わせガラスには、高い遮熱性が求められる。
In general, laminated glass is excellent in safety because the amount of glass fragments scattered is small even if it is damaged by an external impact. For this reason, the said laminated glass is widely used for a motor vehicle, a rail vehicle, an aircraft, a ship, a building, etc. The laminated glass is manufactured by sandwiching an interlayer film for laminated glass between a pair of glass plates. High heat-insulating properties are required for laminated glass used in such vehicle and building openings.


　遮熱性を高めるために、赤外線反射層を備える中間膜が用いられることがある。赤外線反射層を備える中間膜は、下記の特許文献１に開示されている。
In order to enhance the heat shielding property, an intermediate film having an infrared reflection layer may be used. An intermediate film including an infrared reflective layer is disclosed in Patent Document 1 below.


　また、自動車に用いられる合わせガラスとして、ヘッドアップディスプレイ（ＨＵＤ）が知られている。ＨＵＤでは、自動車のフロントガラスに、自動車の走行データである速度などの計測情報等を表示させることができ、運転者はフロントガラスの前方に表示が映し出されているように認識することができる。
Moreover, a head-up display (HUD) is known as a laminated glass used for automobiles. In the HUD, measurement information such as speed, which is driving data of an automobile, can be displayed on the windshield of the automobile, and the driver can recognize that the display is displayed in front of the windshield.


　上記ＨＵＤでは、計測情報等が、二重に見えるという問題がある。
The HUD has a problem that measurement information and the like look double.


　二重像を抑制するために、楔状の中間膜が用いられている。下記の特許文献２には、一対のガラス板の間に、所定の楔角を有する楔状の中間膜が挟み込まれた合わせガラスが開示されている。このような合わせガラスでは、中間膜の楔角の調整により、１つのガラス板で反射される計測情報の表示と、別のガラス板で反射される計測情報の表示とを、運転者の視野で１点に結ぶことができる。このため、計測情報の表示が二重に見え難く、運転者の視界を妨げにくい。
In order to suppress the double image, a wedge-shaped intermediate film is used. Patent Document 2 below discloses a laminated glass in which a wedge-shaped intermediate film having a predetermined wedge angle is sandwiched between a pair of glass plates. In such a laminated glass, by adjusting the wedge angle of the interlayer film, the display of measurement information reflected by one glass plate and the display of measurement information reflected by another glass plate can be performed in the driver's field of view. Can be tied to one point. For this reason, it is hard to see the display of measurement information double, and it is hard to disturb a driver | operator's visual field.


特開２０１７－８１７７５号公報JP 2017-81775 A 特表平４－５０２５２５号公報Japanese National Publication No. 4-502525


　特許文献１に記載の赤外線反射層を備える中間膜は、楔状ではない。また、該中間膜を用いた合わせガラスも、楔状ではない。
The intermediate film provided with the infrared reflecting layer described in Patent Document 1 is not wedge-shaped. Further, the laminated glass using the intermediate film is not wedge-shaped.


　特許文献２に記載の中間膜は、楔状である。特許文献２では、１つのガラス板で反射される計測情報の表示と、別のガラス板で反射される計測情報の表示とを、運転者の視野で１点に結ぶことで、二重像を抑制している。
The interlayer film described in Patent Document 2 has a wedge shape. In patent document 2, the display of the measurement information reflected by one glass plate and the display of the measurement information reflected by another glass plate are tied to one point in the driver's field of view, thereby creating a double image. Suppressed.


　赤外線反射層を備えていない中間膜を用いた合わせガラスでは、中間膜の楔角の調整によって、多重像を比較的容易に抑制できる。
In a laminated glass using an intermediate film that does not include an infrared reflection layer, multiple images can be suppressed relatively easily by adjusting the wedge angle of the intermediate film.


　一方で、赤外線反射層を備える中間膜を楔状にし、楔状の中間膜を用いた合わせガラスを作製すると、該合わせガラスにおいて、計測情報の表示は、赤外線反射層での反射によっても生じる。このため、中間膜の楔角の調整のみによっては、多重像を十分に抑制できないことがある。
On the other hand, when the interlayer film provided with the infrared reflective layer is wedge-shaped and a laminated glass using the wedge-shaped interlayer film is manufactured, measurement information is displayed on the laminated glass also by reflection on the infrared reflective layer. For this reason, multiple images may not be sufficiently suppressed only by adjusting the wedge angle of the interlayer film.


　本発明の目的は、遮熱性を高め、かつ、多重像を抑え、画像表示を良好にすることができる合わせガラス用中間膜及び合わせガラスを提供することである。また、本発明は、上記の合わせガラスを用いたヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法を提供することも目的とする。
An object of the present invention is to provide an interlayer film for laminated glass and a laminated glass that can improve heat shielding properties, suppress multiple images, and improve image display. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a head-up display system using the above laminated glass.


　本発明の広い局面によれば、ヘッドアップディスプレイである合わせガラスに用いられる合わせガラス用中間膜であり、前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有し、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有し、前記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に前記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、前記赤外線反射層の前記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に前記第２の樹脂層が配置されており、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む、合わせガラス用中間膜（以下、中間膜と記載することがある）が提供される。
According to a wide aspect of the present invention, there is provided an intermediate film for laminated glass used for laminated glass that is a head-up display, having a display-corresponding region corresponding to the display region of the head-up display, an infrared reflective layer, and a heat A first resin layer containing a plastic resin and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, wherein the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflective layer; The second resin layer is disposed on a second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflecting layer, and at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer is , An interlayer film for laminated glass having a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region ( Hereinafter, it may be referred to as an interlayer film. ) Is provided.


　本発明に係る中間膜のある特定の局面では、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層の双方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。
In a specific aspect of the intermediate film according to the present invention, both the first resin layer and the second resin layer have a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.


　本発明に係る中間膜のある特定の局面では、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層の一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、他方が０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する。
In a specific aspect of the intermediate film according to the present invention, one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more and the other has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad. Have


　本発明に係る中間膜のある特定の局面では、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する樹脂層が、前記着色剤を含む。
On the specific situation with the intermediate film which concerns on this invention, the resin layer which has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad contains the said coloring agent.


　本発明に係る中間膜のある特定の局面では、前記着色剤が、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物又はアントラシアニン化合物である。
On the specific situation with the intermediate film which concerns on this invention, the said coloring agent is a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, or an anthracocyanine compound.


　前記第１の樹脂層中の前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂であることが好ましい。前記第２の樹脂層中の前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin in the first resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin. It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin in the second resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin.


　前記第１の樹脂層が可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。前記第２の樹脂層が可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。
The first resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer. The second resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer.


　本発明の広い局面によれば、第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、上述した合わせガラス用中間膜とを備え、前記第１の樹脂層の外側に前記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、前記第２の樹脂層の外側に前記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されている、合わせガラスが提供される。
According to a wide aspect of the present invention, the first laminated glass member, the second laminated glass member, and the interlayer film for laminated glass described above are provided, and the first laminated glass is disposed outside the first resin layer. A laminated glass is provided in which a glass member is disposed, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer.


　また、本発明の広い局面によれば、ヘッドアップディスプレイであり、前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域を有し、第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、中間膜とを備え、前記中間膜は、前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの前記表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有し、前記中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有し、前記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に前記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、前記赤外線反射層の前記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に前記第２の樹脂層が配置されており、前記第１の樹脂層の外側に前記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、前記第２の樹脂層の外側に前記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、前記第１の合わせガラス部材と前記第１の樹脂層との第１の積層体及び前記第２の樹脂層と前記第２の合わせガラス部材との第２の積層体のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む、合わせガラスが提供される。この合わせガラスにおいて、前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有することが好ましい。
Further, according to a wide aspect of the present invention, the head-up display has a display area of the head-up display, and includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an interlayer film. The intermediate film includes a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display, and the intermediate film includes an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer including a thermoplastic resin, and a thermoplastic resin. A second resin layer, wherein the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflective layer, and the second surface opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflective layer The second resin layer is disposed on the surface side, the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second resin layer is disposed outside the second resin layer. A laminated glass member is disposed; At least one of the first laminated body of the laminated glass member and the first resin layer and the second laminated body of the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member is 0.1 mrad. There is provided a laminated glass having a wedge angle as described above, wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region. In this laminated glass, it is preferable that at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.


　本発明に係る合わせガラスのある特定の局面では、前記合わせガラスは、車両において、外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部に、前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように取り付けられる合わせガラスであり、前記第１の樹脂層が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。
On the specific situation with the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, the said laminated glass is a 1st laminated glass member in the opening part between external space and the internal space into which a heat ray injects from the said external space in a vehicle. Is a laminated glass attached so that it is located on the external space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the internal space side, and the first resin layer is 0.1 mrad or more Has a wedge angle.


　本発明に係る合わせガラスのある特定の局面では、前記合わせガラスは、車両において、外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部に、前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように取り付けられる合わせガラスであり、前記第２の樹脂層が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む。
On the specific situation with the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, the said laminated glass is a 1st laminated glass member in the opening part between external space and the internal space into which a heat ray injects from the said external space in a vehicle. Is a laminated glass attached so that the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side, and the second resin layer is in the display corresponding region. And contains a colorant.


　本発明の広い局面によれば、外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部と、画像表示用の光を前記合わせガラスに照射するための光源装置とを有する建築物又は車両にて、前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように、上述した合わせガラスを前記開口部に取り付ける工程を備える、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法が提供される。
According to a wide aspect of the present invention, an opening between an external space and an internal space into which heat rays are incident from the external space, and a light source device for irradiating the laminated glass with light for image display are provided. In a building or a vehicle, the laminated glass described above is arranged such that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side. A method for manufacturing a head-up display system is provided, comprising the step of attaching to the opening.


　本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜は、ヘッドアップディスプレイである合わせガラスに用いられる。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜は、上記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有する。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜では、上記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に上記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、上記赤外線反射層の上記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に上記第２の樹脂層が配置されている。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜では、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜では、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜では、上記の構成が備えられているので、遮熱性を高め、かつ、多重像を抑え、画像表示を良好にすることができる。
The interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention is used for laminated glass that is a head-up display. The interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention has a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display. The interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin. In the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention, the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflecting layer, and the second surface opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflecting layer. The second resin layer is disposed on the surface side of the substrate. In the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. In the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region. Since the intermediate film for laminated glass according to the present invention has the above-described configuration, it is possible to improve heat shielding, suppress multiple images, and improve image display.


　本発明に係る合わせガラスは、ヘッドアップディスプレイである。本発明に係る合わせガラスは、上記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスは、第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、中間膜とを備える。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に上記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、上記赤外線反射層の上記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に上記第２の樹脂層が配置されている。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の樹脂層の外側に上記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、上記第２の樹脂層の外側に上記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されている。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の合わせガラス部材と上記第１の樹脂層との第１の積層体及び上記第２の樹脂層と上記第２の合わせガラス部材との第２の積層体のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記の構成が備えられているので、遮熱性を高め、かつ、多重像を抑え、画像表示を良好にすることができる。
The laminated glass according to the present invention is a head-up display. The laminated glass according to the present invention has a display area of the head-up display. The laminated glass according to the present invention includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an intermediate film. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the intermediate film has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer. The second resin layer is disposed on the surface. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer. Yes. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first laminated body of the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer, and the second laminated layer of the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member. At least one of the bodies has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region. In the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, since said structure is provided, heat-shielding property can be improved, a multiple image can be suppressed, and an image display can be made favorable.


図１（ａ）及び（ｂ）は、本発明の第１の実施形態に係る合わせガラス用中間膜を備える合わせガラスを模式的に示す断面図及び正面図である。FIGS. 1A and 1B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass including an interlayer film for laminated glass according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図２（ａ）及び（ｂ）は、本発明の第２の実施形態に係る合わせガラス用中間膜を備える合わせガラスを模式的に示す断面図及び正面図である。2A and 2B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass provided with an interlayer film for laminated glass according to the second embodiment of the present invention.


　以下、本発明の詳細を説明する。
Details of the present invention will be described below.


　本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜（以下、中間膜と記載することがある）は、ヘッドアップディスプレイである合わせガラスに用いられる。本発明に係る中間膜は、ヘッドアップディスプレイである合わせガラスに用いることができる中間膜である。本発明に係る中間膜は、上記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有する。本発明に係る中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有する。本発明に係る中間膜では、上記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に上記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、上記赤外線反射層の上記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に上記第２の樹脂層が配置されている。本発明に係る中間膜では、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラス用中間膜では、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、着色剤を含む。
The interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an interlayer film) is used for laminated glass that is a head-up display. The intermediate film which concerns on this invention is an intermediate film which can be used for the laminated glass which is a head-up display. The intermediate film according to the present invention has a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display. The intermediate film according to the present invention has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin. In the intermediate film according to the present invention, the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer. The second resin layer is disposed on the surface. In the intermediate film according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. In the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains a colorant.


　本発明に係る中間膜では、上記の構成が備えられているので、遮熱性を高め、かつ、多重像を抑え、画像表示を良好にすることができる。本発明者らは、遮熱性の向上と多重像の抑制との双方を達成するために検討した結果、赤外線反射層を備える中間膜において、樹脂層の楔角を調整し、かつ樹脂層に着色剤を含ませればよいことを見出した。
Since the intermediate film according to the present invention has the above-described configuration, it is possible to improve heat shielding, suppress multiple images, and improve image display. As a result of investigations to achieve both improvement in heat shielding properties and suppression of multiple images, the present inventors have adjusted the wedge angle of the resin layer and colored the resin layer in the intermediate film including the infrared reflection layer. It has been found that an agent may be included.


　本発明に係る合わせガラスは、ヘッドアップディスプレイである。本発明に係る合わせガラスは、上記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスは、第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、中間膜とを備える。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に上記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、上記赤外線反射層の上記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に上記第２の樹脂層が配置されている。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の樹脂層の外側に上記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、上記第２の樹脂層の外側に上記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されている。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の合わせガラス部材と上記第１の樹脂層との第１の積層体及び上記第２の樹脂層と上記第２の合わせガラス部材との第２の積層体のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む。
The laminated glass according to the present invention is a head-up display. The laminated glass according to the present invention has a display area of the head-up display. The laminated glass according to the present invention includes a first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an intermediate film. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the intermediate film has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first resin layer is disposed on the first surface side of the infrared reflection layer, and the second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflection layer. The second resin layer is disposed on the surface. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer. Yes. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, the first laminated body of the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer, and the second laminated layer of the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member. At least one of the bodies has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. In the laminated glass according to the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region.


　本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記の構成が備えられているので、遮熱性を高め、かつ、多重像を抑え、画像表示を良好にすることができる。本発明者らは、遮熱性の向上と多重像の抑制との双方を達成するために検討した結果、赤外線反射層を備える中間膜を用いた合わせガラスにおいて、合わせガラス部材と樹脂層との積層体の楔角を調整し、かつ樹脂層に着色剤を含ませればよいことを見出した。
In the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, since said structure is provided, heat-shielding property can be improved, a multiple image can be suppressed, and an image display can be made favorable. The inventors of the present invention have studied to achieve both improvement in heat shielding properties and suppression of multiple images. As a result, in a laminated glass using an intermediate film having an infrared reflection layer, the laminated glass member and the resin layer are laminated. It has been found that the wedge angle of the body may be adjusted and a colorant may be included in the resin layer.


　上記赤外線反射層は、遮熱性を効果的に高める。赤外線反射層を有する中間膜を用いた合わせガラスでは、計測情報の表示は、赤外線反射層での反射によっても生じる。赤外線反射層を用いると、樹脂層の構成によっては、多重像を十分に抑制できないことがある。本発明では、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、着色剤を含むので、多重像を抑制することができる。また、上記第１の積層体及び上記第２の積層体のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、着色剤を含むことによっても、多重像を抑制することができる。
The infrared reflective layer effectively enhances heat shielding properties. In a laminated glass using an intermediate film having an infrared reflection layer, measurement information is displayed by reflection on the infrared reflection layer. When an infrared reflective layer is used, multiple images may not be sufficiently suppressed depending on the configuration of the resin layer. In the present invention, at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, and among the first resin layer and the second resin layer, Since at least one of the colorant contains a colorant, multiple images can be suppressed. Further, at least one of the first laminated body and the second laminated body has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more, and at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer. On the other hand, multiple images can also be suppressed by including a colorant.


　第１の樹脂層及び第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有することが好ましい。第１の樹脂層が楔状である場合に、第２の樹脂層は矩形であってもよい。第２の樹脂層が楔状である場合に、第１の樹脂層は、矩形であってもよい。第１の樹脂層の楔角は、０ｍｒａｄであってもよく、０ｍｒａｄを超えていてもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。０ｍｒａｄのとき、第１の樹脂層は、楔状ではない。第２の樹脂層の楔角は、０ｍｒａｄであってもよく、０ｍｒａｄを超えていてもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満であってもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。０ｍｒａｄのとき、第２の樹脂層は、楔状ではない。
At least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer preferably has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. When the first resin layer is wedge-shaped, the second resin layer may be rectangular. When the second resin layer is wedge-shaped, the first resin layer may be rectangular. The wedge angle of the first resin layer may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the first resin layer is not wedge-shaped. The wedge angle of the second resin layer may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the second resin layer is not wedge-shaped.


　第１の合わせガラス部材と第１の樹脂層とが積層された２層を第１の積層体とする。第２の樹脂層と第２の合わせガラス部材とが積層された２層を第２の積層体とする。第１の積層体及び第２の積層体のうちの少なくとも一方は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有することが好ましい。第１の積層体が楔状である場合に、第２の積層体は矩形であってもよい。第２の積層体が楔状である場合に、第１の積層体は、矩形であってもよい。第１の積層体が楔状である場合に、第１の樹脂層が楔状であってもよく、第１の合わせガラス部材が楔状であってもよく、第１の樹脂層と第１の合わせガラス部材とが楔状であってもよい。第２の積層体が楔状である場合に、第２の樹脂層が楔状であってもよく、第２の合わせガラス部材が楔状であってもよく、第２の樹脂層と第２の合わせガラス部材とが楔状であってもよい。第１の積層体の楔角は、０ｍｒａｄであってもよく、０ｍｒａｄを超えていてもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満であってもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。０ｍｒａｄのとき、第１の積層体は、楔状ではない。第２の積層体の楔角は、０ｍｒａｄであってもよく、０ｍｒａｄを超えていてもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満であってもよく、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。０ｍｒａｄのとき、第２の積層体は、楔状ではない。
Two layers in which the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer are laminated are referred to as a first laminated body. Two layers in which the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member are laminated are defined as a second laminated body. At least one of the first laminate and the second laminate preferably has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. When the first stacked body is wedge-shaped, the second stacked body may be rectangular. When the second stacked body is wedge-shaped, the first stacked body may be rectangular. When the first laminated body is wedge-shaped, the first resin layer may be wedge-shaped, the first laminated glass member may be wedge-shaped, and the first resin layer and the first laminated glass The member may be wedge-shaped. When the second laminate is wedge-shaped, the second resin layer may be wedge-shaped, the second laminated glass member may be wedge-shaped, and the second resin layer and the second laminated glass The member may be wedge-shaped. The wedge angle of the first laminate may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the first laminate is not wedge-shaped. The wedge angle of the second laminate may be 0 mrad, may exceed 0 mrad, may be less than 0.1 mrad, and is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. At 0 mrad, the second laminate is not wedge-shaped.


　中間膜の楔角は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。合わせガラスの楔角は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上であることが好ましい。
The wedge angle of the interlayer film is preferably 0.1 mrad or more. The wedge angle of the laminated glass is preferably 0.1 mrad or more.


　多重像をより一層良好にする観点からは、第１の樹脂層及び第２の樹脂層の双方が、楔状であることが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層及び第２の樹脂層のいずれか一方のみが遮熱性物質を含む場合がある。この場合に、面内の透過率及び色調のムラをより一層良好にする観点からは、遮熱性物質を含む樹脂層が、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有し、遮熱性物質を含まない樹脂層が０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有することが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層及び第２の樹脂層の双方が遮熱性物質を含み、上記第１の樹脂層と上記第２の樹脂層との遮熱性物質の含有量が異なる場合がある。この場合に、面内の透過率及び色調のムラをより一層良好にする観点からは、遮熱性物質の含有量が多い方の樹脂層が、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有し、遮熱性物質の含有量が少ない方の樹脂層が０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有することが好ましい。０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する樹脂層の楔角は、０ｍｒａｄであってもよく、０ｍｒａｄを超えていてもよい。
From the viewpoint of further improving the multiple image, both the first resin layer and the second resin layer are preferably wedge-shaped. Only one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer may contain a heat shielding material. In this case, from the viewpoint of further improving the in-plane transmittance and uneven color tone, the resin layer containing the heat shielding material has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad, and does not contain the heat shielding material. It is preferred that the layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. There are cases where both the first resin layer and the second resin layer contain a heat shielding material, and the contents of the heat shielding material in the first resin layer and the second resin layer are different. In this case, from the viewpoint of further improving the in-plane transmittance and uneven color tone, the resin layer having a higher content of the heat shielding material has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad, and has a heat shielding property. It is preferable that the resin layer having the smaller substance content has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more. The wedge angle of the resin layer having a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad may be 0 mrad or may exceed 0 mrad.


　多重像をより一層抑制する観点からは、第１の樹脂層、第２の樹脂層、第１の積層体、第２の積層体、中間膜、及び合わせガラスの楔角はそれぞれ、好ましくは０．２ｍｒａｄ（０．０１１５度）以上である。上記楔角が上記下限以上であると、トラックやバス等フロントガラスの取り付け角度が大きい車に適した合わせガラスを得ることができる。
From the viewpoint of further suppressing multiple images, the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminated body, the second laminated body, the interlayer film, and the wedge angle of the laminated glass are each preferably 0. .2 mrad (0.0115 degrees) or more. When the wedge angle is equal to or greater than the lower limit, a laminated glass suitable for a vehicle having a large windshield mounting angle such as a truck or a bus can be obtained.


　第１の樹脂層、第２の樹脂層、第１の積層体、第２の積層体、中間膜、及び合わせガラスの楔角はそれぞれ、好ましくは２ｍｒａｄ（０．１１４６度）以下、より好ましくは０．７ｍｒａｄ（０．０４０１度）以下、更に好ましくは０．５ｍｒａｄ（０．０２８８度）以下、特に好ましくは０．４７ｍｒａｄ（０．０２７度）以下である。上記楔角が上記上限以下であると、多重像がより一層抑えられる。上記楔角が上記上限以下であると、スポーツカー等フロントガラスの取り付け角度が小さい車に適した合わせガラスを得ることができる。
The wedge angles of the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminate, the second laminate, the intermediate film, and the laminated glass are each preferably 2 mrad (0.1146 degrees) or less, more preferably It is 0.7 mrad (0.0401 degrees) or less, more preferably 0.5 mrad (0.0288 degrees) or less, and particularly preferably 0.47 mrad (0.027 degrees) or less. Multiple images are further suppressed when the wedge angle is less than or equal to the upper limit. If the wedge angle is less than or equal to the above upper limit, a laminated glass suitable for a vehicle such as a sports car with a small windshield mounting angle can be obtained.


　上記中間膜の楔角（図１のθ）は、中間膜における最大厚み部分と最小厚み部分との中間膜の第１の表面（一方の表面）部分を結んだ直線と、中間膜における最大厚み部分と最小厚み部分との中間膜の第２の表面（他方の表面）部分を結んだ直線との交点における内角である。なお、最大厚み部分が複数ある、最小厚み部分が複数ある、最大厚み部分が一定の領域にある、又は最小厚み部分が一定の領域にある場合には、楔角を求めるための最大厚み部分及び最小厚み部分は、求められる楔角が最も大きくなるように選択される。
The wedge angle (θ in FIG. 1) of the intermediate film is the straight line connecting the first surface (one surface) part of the intermediate film between the maximum thickness part and the minimum thickness part in the intermediate film, and the maximum thickness in the intermediate film. This is the inner angle at the intersection of the portion and the minimum thickness portion with the straight line connecting the second surface (the other surface) portion of the intermediate film. When there are a plurality of maximum thickness portions, there are a plurality of minimum thickness portions, a maximum thickness portion is in a constant region, or a minimum thickness portion is in a constant region, the maximum thickness portion for obtaining the wedge angle and The minimum thickness portion is selected so that the required wedge angle is maximized.


　第１の樹脂層、第２の樹脂層、第１の積層体、第２の積層体及び合わせガラスの楔角は、中間膜の楔角と同様に判断することができる。
The wedge angles of the first resin layer, the second resin layer, the first laminate, the second laminate, and the laminated glass can be determined in the same manner as the wedge angle of the interlayer film.


　上記中間膜は、ロール状に巻かれて、中間膜のロール体とされてもよい。ロール体は、巻き芯と、中間膜とを備えていてもよい。中間膜は、巻き芯の外周に巻かれてもよい。
The intermediate film may be wound into a roll shape to form a roll body of the intermediate film. The roll body may include a winding core and an intermediate film. The intermediate film may be wound around the outer periphery of the winding core.


　以下、図面を参照しつつ、本発明の具体的な実施形態を説明する。
Hereinafter, specific embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.


　図１（ａ）及び（ｂ）は、本発明の第１の実施形態に係る合わせガラス用中間膜を用いた合わせガラスを模式的に示す断面図及び正面図である。図１（ａ）は、図１（ｂ）中のＩ－Ｉ線に沿う断面図である。なお、図１（ａ）、図１（ｂ）及び後述の図では、図示の便宜上、合わせガラス及び合わせガラスを構成する各部材の厚み、並びに楔角（θ）は、実際の厚み及び楔角とは異なるように示されている。なお、図１（ａ）、図１（ｂ）及び後述する図において、異なる箇所は互いに置き換え可能である。
1A and 1B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass using the interlayer film for laminated glass according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 1A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II in FIG. In FIGS. 1A and 1B and the drawings to be described later, for convenience of illustration, the thickness of each member constituting the laminated glass and the laminated glass, and the wedge angle (θ) are the actual thickness and the wedge angle. Is shown differently. In addition, in FIG. 1 (a), FIG.1 (b), and the figure mentioned later, a different location is mutually replaceable.


　図１（ａ）及び図１（ｂ）には、合わせガラス１１が示されている。図１（ａ）では、合わせガラス１１の厚み方向の断面が示されている。
The laminated glass 11 is shown by Fig.1 (a) and FIG.1 (b). In FIG. 1A, a cross section in the thickness direction of the laminated glass 11 is shown.


　合わせガラス１１は、一端１１ａと、一端１１ａの反対側に他端１１ｂとを有する。一端１１ａと他端１１ｂとは対向し合う両側の端部である。合わせガラス１１の他端１１ｂの厚みは一端１１ａの厚みよりも大きい。従って、合わせガラス１１は、厚みの薄い領域と、厚みの厚い領域とを有する。また、一端１１ａは合わせガラスの下端、他端１１ｂは合わせガラスの上端であるとも言える。
The laminated glass 11 has one end 11a and the other end 11b on the opposite side of the one end 11a. The one end 11a and the other end 11b are opposite ends on opposite sides. The thickness of the other end 11b of the laminated glass 11 is larger than the thickness of the one end 11a. Therefore, the laminated glass 11 has a thin region and a thick region. It can also be said that the one end 11a is the lower end of the laminated glass and the other end 11b is the upper end of the laminated glass.


　合わせガラス１１は、ヘッドアップディスプレイである。合わせガラス１１は、ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域Ｒ１を有する。
The laminated glass 11 is a head-up display. The laminated glass 11 has a display area R1 of a head-up display.


　合わせガラス１１は、表示領域Ｒ１の隣に周囲領域Ｒ２を有する。
The laminated glass 11 has a peripheral region R2 next to the display region R1.


　合わせガラス１１は、表示領域Ｒ１と離れて、シェード領域Ｒ３を有する。シェード領域Ｒ３は、合わせガラス１１の縁部に位置している。
The laminated glass 11 has a shade region R3 apart from the display region R1. The shade region R3 is located at the edge of the laminated glass 11.


　図１（ａ）及び図１（ｂ）に示す合わせガラス１１は、第１の合わせガラス部材１と、第１の樹脂層２と、赤外線反射層３と、第２の樹脂層４と、第２の合わせガラス部材５とを備える。第１の合わせガラス部材１と、第１の樹脂層２と、赤外線反射層３と、第２の樹脂層４と、第２の合わせガラス部材５とは、この順で並んで配置されている。
A laminated glass 11 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B includes a first laminated glass member 1, a first resin layer 2, an infrared reflecting layer 3, a second resin layer 4, 2 laminated glass members 5. The 1st laminated glass member 1, the 1st resin layer 2, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, the 2nd resin layer 4, and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 are arrange | positioned along with this order. .


　第１の樹脂層２と、赤外線反射層３と、第２の樹脂層４との積層体は、中間膜１０（合わせガラス用中間膜）である。中間膜１０が、第１の合わせガラス部材１と、第２の合わせガラス部材５との間に配置されている。
The laminated body of the 1st resin layer 2, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, and the 2nd resin layer 4 is the intermediate film 10 (intermediate film for laminated glasses). An intermediate film 10 is disposed between the first laminated glass member 1 and the second laminated glass member 5.


　中間膜１０は、表示領域Ｒ１に対応した表示対応領域を有する。
The intermediate film 10 has a display corresponding region corresponding to the display region R1.


　中間膜１０は、一端１０ａと、一端１０ａの反対側に他端１０ｂとを有する。一端１０ａと他端１０ｂとは対向し合う両側の端部である。中間膜１０の他端１０ｂの厚みは一端１０ａの厚みよりも大きい。従って、中間膜１０は、厚みの薄い領域と、厚みの厚い領域とを有する。
The intermediate film 10 has one end 10a and the other end 10b on the opposite side of the one end 10a. The one end 10a and the other end 10b are opposite ends on opposite sides. The thickness of the other end 10b of the intermediate film 10 is larger than the thickness of the one end 10a. Therefore, the intermediate film 10 has a thin region and a thick region.


　第１の樹脂層２と、第２の樹脂層４とは楔状である。第１の合わせガラス部材１と、赤外線反射層３と、第２の合わせガラス部材５とは矩形である。楔状の各部材では、各部材の厚み方向の断面形状が楔状である。矩形の各部材では、各部材の厚み方向の断面形状が矩形である。第１の合わせガラス部材１と、第１の樹脂層２との第１の積層体は、楔状である。第２の樹脂層４と、第２の合わせガラス部材５との第２の積層体は、楔状である。
The first resin layer 2 and the second resin layer 4 are wedge-shaped. The 1st laminated glass member 1, the infrared rays reflection layer 3, and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 are rectangles. In each wedge-shaped member, the cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of each member is a wedge shape. In each rectangular member, the cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of each member is rectangular. The 1st laminated body of the 1st laminated glass member 1 and the 1st resin layer 2 is wedge shape. The 2nd laminated body of the 2nd resin layer 4 and the 2nd laminated glass member 5 is wedge shape.


　本実施形態では、第１の樹脂層２の楔角は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上である。本実施形態では、第２の樹脂層４の楔角は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上である。
In the present embodiment, the wedge angle of the first resin layer 2 is 0.1 mrad or more. In the present embodiment, the wedge angle of the second resin layer 4 is 0.1 mrad or more.


　図２（ａ）及び（ｂ）は、本発明の第２の実施形態に係る合わせガラスを模式的に示す断面図及び正面図である。図２（ａ）は、図２（ｂ）中のＩ－Ｉ線に沿う断面図である。
2A and 2B are a cross-sectional view and a front view schematically showing a laminated glass according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II in FIG.


　図２（ａ）及び図２（ｂ）には、合わせガラス１１Ａが示されている。図２（ａ）では、合わせガラス１１Ａの厚み方向の断面が示されている。
A laminated glass 11A is shown in FIGS. 2 (a) and 2 (b). FIG. 2A shows a cross section in the thickness direction of the laminated glass 11A.


　合わせガラス１１Ａは、一端１１ａと、一端１１ａの反対側に他端１１ｂとを有する。合わせガラス１１Ａの他端１１ｂの厚みは一端１１ａの厚みよりも大きい。従って、合わせガラス１１Ａは、厚みの薄い領域と、厚みの厚い領域とを有する。
The laminated glass 11A has one end 11a and the other end 11b on the opposite side of the one end 11a. The thickness of the other end 11b of the laminated glass 11A is larger than the thickness of the one end 11a. Therefore, the laminated glass 11A has a thin region and a thick region.


　合わせガラス１１Ａは、ヘッドアップディスプレイである。合わせガラス１１Ａは、ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域Ｒ１を有する。
Laminated glass 11A is a head-up display. Laminated glass 11A has a display area R1 of a head-up display.


　合わせガラス１１Ａは、表示領域Ｒ１の隣に周囲領域Ｒ２を有する。
The laminated glass 11A has a peripheral region R2 next to the display region R1.


　合わせガラス１１Ａは、表示領域Ｒ１と離れて、シェード領域Ｒ３を有する。シェード領域Ｒ３は、合わせガラス１１Ａの縁部に位置している。
The laminated glass 11A has a shade region R3 apart from the display region R1. The shade region R3 is located at the edge of the laminated glass 11A.


　合わせガラス１１Ａは、第１の合わせガラス部材１Ａと、第１の樹脂層２Ａと、赤外線反射層３Ａと、第２の樹脂層４Ａと、第２の合わせガラス部材５Ａとを備える。第１の合わせガラス部材１Ａと、第１の樹脂層２Ａと、赤外線反射層３Ａと、第２の樹脂層４Ａと、第２の合わせガラス部材５Ａとは、この順で並んで配置されている。
The laminated glass 11A includes a first laminated glass member 1A, a first resin layer 2A, an infrared reflective layer 3A, a second resin layer 4A, and a second laminated glass member 5A. The first laminated glass member 1A, the first resin layer 2A, the infrared reflecting layer 3A, the second resin layer 4A, and the second laminated glass member 5A are arranged in this order. .


　第１の樹脂層２Ａと、赤外線反射層３Ａと、第２の樹脂層４Ａとの積層体は、中間膜１０Ａ（合わせガラス用中間膜）である。中間膜１０Ａが、第１の合わせガラス部材１Ａと、第２の合わせガラス部材５Ａとの間に配置されている。
A laminated body of the first resin layer 2A, the infrared reflective layer 3A, and the second resin layer 4A is an intermediate film 10A (interlayer film for laminated glass). The intermediate film 10A is disposed between the first laminated glass member 1A and the second laminated glass member 5A.


　中間膜１０Ａは、表示領域Ｒ１に対応した表示対応領域を有する。
The intermediate film 10A has a display corresponding region corresponding to the display region R1.


　中間膜１０Ａは、一端１０ａと、一端１０ａの反対側に他端１０ｂとを有する。一端１０ａと他端１０ｂとは対向し合う両側の端部である。中間膜１０Ａの他端１０ｂの厚みは一端１０ａの厚みよりも大きい。従って、中間膜１０Ａは、厚みの薄い領域と、厚みの厚い領域とを有する。
The intermediate film 10A has one end 10a and the other end 10b on the opposite side of the one end 10a. The one end 10a and the other end 10b are opposite ends on opposite sides. The thickness of the other end 10b of the intermediate film 10A is larger than the thickness of the one end 10a. Therefore, the intermediate film 10A has a thin region and a thick region.


　第１の樹脂層２Ａは楔状である。第１の合わせガラス部材１Ａと、赤外線反射層３Ａと、第２の樹脂層４Ａと、第２の合わせガラス部材５Ａとは矩形である。第１の合わせガラス部材１Ａと、第１の樹脂層２Ａとの第１の積層体は、楔状である。第２の樹脂層４Ａと、第２の合わせガラス部材５Ａとの第２の積層体は、矩形である。
The first resin layer 2A has a wedge shape. The first laminated glass member 1A, the infrared reflecting layer 3A, the second resin layer 4A, and the second laminated glass member 5A are rectangular. The first laminated body of the first laminated glass member 1A and the first resin layer 2A has a wedge shape. The second laminate of the second resin layer 4A and the second laminated glass member 5A is rectangular.


　本実施形態では、第１の樹脂層２Ａの楔角は、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上である。
In the present embodiment, the wedge angle of the first resin layer 2A is 0.1 mrad or more.


　合わせガラス１１，１１Ａは、他端１１ｂに最大厚みを有し、一端１１ａに最小厚みを有する。中間膜１０，１０Ａは、他端１０ｂに最大厚みを有し、一端１０ａに最小厚みを有する。
The laminated glasses 11 and 11A have the maximum thickness at the other end 11b and the minimum thickness at the one end 11a. The intermediate films 10 and 10A have the maximum thickness at the other end 10b and the minimum thickness at the one end 10a.


　上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、一端と、上記一端の反対側に他端とを有する。上記一端と上記他端とは、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスにおいて対向し合う両側の端部である。本発明に係る合わせガラスでは、上記他端の厚みが、上記一端の厚みよりも大きいことが好ましい。
The intermediate film and the laminated glass have one end and the other end opposite to the one end. The one end and the other end are end portions on both sides facing each other in the intermediate film and the laminated glass. In the laminated glass which concerns on this invention, it is preferable that the thickness of the said other end is larger than the thickness of the said one end.


　中間膜の最大厚みは好ましくは０．１ｍｍ以上、より好ましくは０．２５ｍｍ以上、更に好ましくは０．５ｍｍ以上、特に好ましくは０．８ｍｍ以上、好ましくは３ｍｍ以下、より好ましくは２ｍｍ以下、更に好ましくは１．５ｍｍ以下である。
The maximum thickness of the interlayer film is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.25 mm or more, further preferably 0.5 mm or more, particularly preferably 0.8 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, still more preferably Is 1.5 mm or less.


　多重像をより一層効果的に抑える観点からは、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、上記一端から上記他端に向けて６ｃｍの位置から、上記一端から他端に向けて６３．８ｃｍの位置までの領域内に、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域を有することが好ましい。また、既に述べたように、一端１１ａは合わせガラスの下端、他端１１ｂは合わせガラスの上端であるとも言えることから、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、下端から上端側に向けて６ｃｍの位置から、下端から上端に向けて６３．８ｃｍの位置までの領域内に、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域を有することが好ましいともいえる。上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域は、上記一端から上記他端に向けて６ｃｍの位置から、上記一端から他端に向けて６３．８ｃｍの位置までの領域内の一部に存在していてもよく、全体に存在していてもよい。
From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing multiple images, the intermediate film and the laminated glass are from a position of 6 cm from the one end to the other end to a position of 63.8 cm from the one end to the other end. It is preferable to have the display corresponding area and the display area in the area. Moreover, since it can be said that the one end 11a is the lower end of the laminated glass and the other end 11b is the upper end of the laminated glass as already described, the intermediate film and the laminated glass are located at a position of 6 cm from the lower end toward the upper end side. Therefore, it can be said that it is preferable to have the display corresponding area and the display area in an area from the lower end to the upper end at a position of 63.8 cm. The display corresponding region and the display region may exist in a part of a region from a position of 6 cm from the one end to the other end to a position of 63.8 cm from the one end to the other end. Well, it may exist throughout.


　上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、厚み方向の断面形状が楔状である部分を有することが好ましい。表示対応領域及び表示領域の厚み方向の断面形状が楔状であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the said intermediate film and the said laminated glass have a part whose cross-sectional shape of the thickness direction is wedge shape. The cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction of the display corresponding area and the display area is preferably wedge-shaped.


　多重像を効果的に抑える観点からは、上記一端から上記他端に向けて６ｃｍの位置から、上記一端から上記他端に向けて６３．８ｃｍの位置までの領域において、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、厚み方向の断面形状が楔状である部分を有することが好ましい。厚み方向の断面形状が楔状である部分は、上記一端から他端に向けて６３．８ｃｍの位置までの領域内の一部に存在していてもよく、全体に存在していてもよい。
From the viewpoint of effectively suppressing multiple images, in the region from the position of 6 cm from the one end toward the other end to the position of 63.8 cm from the one end toward the other end, the intermediate film and the alignment are performed. The glass preferably has a portion having a wedge-shaped cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction. The portion having a wedge-shaped cross-sectional shape in the thickness direction may exist in a part of the region from the one end to the other end up to a position of 63.8 cm, or may exist in the whole.


　上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、シェード領域を有していてもよい。上記シェード領域は、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域と離れていてもよい。多重像を効果的に抑える観点からは、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、シェード領域を有さないことが好ましく、もしくはシェード領域を有する場合に、上記シェード領域は、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域と離れていることが好ましい。上記シェード領域は、例えば、太陽光線又は屋外照明等により、運転中のドライバーが眩しさを感じるのを防ぐことなどを目的として設けられる。上記シェード領域は、遮熱性を付与するために設けられることもある。上記シェード領域は、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの縁部に位置することが好ましい。上記シェード領域は帯状であることが好ましい。
The intermediate film and the laminated glass may have a shade region. The shade area may be separated from the display corresponding area and the display area. From the viewpoint of effectively suppressing multiple images, the interlayer film and the laminated glass preferably do not have a shade region, or when the shade region has a shade region, the shade region has the display corresponding region and the display. It is preferable to be separated from the area. The shade region is provided for the purpose of preventing the driver during driving from feeling dazzled by, for example, sunlight or outdoor lighting. The shade region may be provided to provide heat shielding properties. The shade region is preferably located at an edge of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. The shade region is preferably strip-shaped.


　シェード領域においては、色及び可視光線透過率を変えたりするために、着色剤又は充填剤を用いてもよい。着色剤又は充填剤は、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの厚み方向の一部の領域にのみ含まれていてもよく、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの厚み方向の全体の領域に含まれていてもよい。
In shade areas, colorants or fillers may be used to change color and visible light transmission. The colorant or filler may be included only in a partial region in the thickness direction of the intermediate film and the laminated glass, and is included in the entire region in the thickness direction of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Also good.


　多重像を効果的に抑える観点からは、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、上記シェード領域とは異なる領域にて、上記着色剤を含むことが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of effectively suppressing multiple images, it is preferable that at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer contains the colorant in a region different from the shade region.


　表示をより一層良好にし、視野をより一層広げる観点からは、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域の可視光線透過率は好ましくは７０％以上、好ましくは７４％以上、より好ましくは７５％以上、より一層好ましくは７８％以上、更に好ましくは８０％以上、更に好ましくは８５％以上、特に好ましくは８８％以上、最も好ましくは９０％以上である。上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域の可視光線透過率は、上記シェード領域の可視光線透過率よりも高いことが好ましい。上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域の可視光線透過率は、上記シェード領域の可視光線透過率よりも低くてもよい。上記表示領域の可視光線透過率は、上記シェード領域の可視光線透過率よりも、好ましくは５０％以上高く、より好ましくは６０％以上高い。
From the viewpoint of further improving the display and further expanding the field of view, the visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region is preferably 70% or more, preferably 74% or more, more preferably 75% or more, more More preferably, it is 78% or more, more preferably 80% or more, further preferably 85% or more, particularly preferably 88% or more, and most preferably 90% or more. The visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region is preferably higher than the visible light transmittance of the shade region. The visible light transmittance of the display corresponding region and the display region may be lower than the visible light transmittance of the shade region. The visible light transmittance of the display area is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 60% or more higher than the visible light transmittance of the shade area.


　なお、例えば、上記表示対応領域、上記表示領域及び上記シェード領域において、可視光線透過率が変化している場合には、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域の中心位置及び上記シェード領域の中心位置にて、可視光線透過率が測定される。
For example, when the visible light transmittance is changed in the display corresponding area, the display area, and the shade area, the display corresponding area, the center position of the display area, and the center position of the shade area are set. Then, the visible light transmittance is measured.


　分光光度計（日立ハイテク社製「Ｕ－４１００」）を用いて、ＪＩＳ　Ｒ３２１１：１９９８に準拠して、合わせガラスの波長３８０ｎｍ～７８０ｎｍにおける上記可視光線透過率を測定することができる。なお、ガラス板として、厚み２ｍｍのクリアガラスを用いることが好ましい。
The visible light transmittance at a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm of the laminated glass can be measured using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech) in accordance with JIS R3211: 1998. In addition, it is preferable to use a clear glass having a thickness of 2 mm as the glass plate.


　上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域は、長さ方向と幅方向とを有することが好ましい。合わせガラスの汎用性に優れるので、上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域の幅方向が、上記一端と上記他端とを結ぶ方向であることが好ましい。上記表示対応領域及び上記表示領域は、帯状であることが好ましい。
The display corresponding area and the display area preferably have a length direction and a width direction. Since the versatility of the laminated glass is excellent, it is preferable that the width direction of the display corresponding region and the display region is a direction connecting the one end and the other end. The display corresponding area and the display area are preferably strip-shaped.


　上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層はそれぞれ、ＭＤ方向とＴＤ方向とを有することが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層は、例えば、溶融押出成形により得られる。ＭＤ方向は、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層の製造時の樹脂層の流れ方向である。ＴＤ方向は、上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層の製造時の上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層の流れ方向と直交する方向であり、かつ上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層の厚み方向と直交する方向である。上記一端と上記他端とが、ＴＤ方向の両側に位置していることが好ましい。
The first resin layer and the second resin layer preferably each have an MD direction and a TD direction. The first resin layer and the second resin layer are obtained by, for example, melt extrusion molding. The MD direction is the flow direction of the resin layer at the time of manufacturing the first resin layer and the second resin layer. The TD direction is a direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the first resin layer and the second resin layer at the time of manufacturing the first resin layer and the second resin layer, and the first resin layer. It is a direction orthogonal to the thickness direction of the layer and the second resin layer. It is preferable that the one end and the other end are located on both sides in the TD direction.


　一端と他端との間の距離をＸとする。上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、一端から内側に向かって０Ｘ～０．２Ｘの距離の領域に最小厚みを有し、他端から内側に向かって０Ｘ～０．２Ｘの距離の領域に最大厚みを有することが好ましい。上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、一端から内側に向かって０Ｘ～０．１Ｘの距離の領域に最小厚みを有し、他端から内側に向かって０Ｘ～０．１Ｘの距離の領域に最大厚みを有することがより好ましい。上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは一端に最小厚みを有し、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは他端に最大厚みを有することが好ましい。
Let X be the distance between one end and the other end. The intermediate film and the laminated glass have a minimum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.2X from one end to the inside, and a maximum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.2X from the other end to the inside. It is preferable to have. The intermediate film and the laminated glass have a minimum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.1X from one end to the inside, and a maximum thickness in a region having a distance of 0X to 0.1X from the other end to the inside. It is more preferable to have. The intermediate film and the laminated glass preferably have a minimum thickness at one end, and the intermediate film and the laminated glass preferably have a maximum thickness at the other end.


　上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスは、厚み均一部位を有していてもよい。上記厚み均一部位とは、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの一端と他端を結ぶ方向での１０ｃｍの距離範囲あたり、厚みが１０μｍを超えて変化していないことをいう。従って、上記厚み均一部位は、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの上記一端と上記他端を結ぶ方向での１０ｃｍの距離範囲あたり、厚みが１０μｍを超えて変化していない部位をいう。具体的には、上記厚み均一部位は、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの上記一端と上記他端を結ぶ方向で厚みが全く変化していないか、又は、上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの上記一端と上記他端を結ぶ方向での１０ｃｍの距離範囲あたり、厚みが１０μｍ以下で変化している部位をいう。
The intermediate film and the laminated glass may have a uniform thickness portion. The uniform thickness portion means that the thickness does not change more than 10 μm per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Therefore, the uniform thickness portion refers to a portion where the thickness does not change more than 10 μm per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting the one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. Specifically, the uniform thickness portion has no change in thickness in the direction connecting the one end and the other end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass, or the one end of the intermediate film and the laminated glass. And a portion where the thickness is changed by 10 μm or less per 10 cm distance range in the direction connecting the other end.


　上記中間膜及び上記合わせガラスの一端と他端との距離Ｘは、好ましくは３ｍ以下、より好ましくは２ｍ以下、特に好ましくは１．５ｍ以下であり、好ましくは０．５ｍ以上、より好ましくは０．８ｍ以上、特に好ましくは１ｍ以上である。
The distance X between one end and the other end of the interlayer film and the laminated glass is preferably 3 m or less, more preferably 2 m or less, particularly preferably 1.5 m or less, preferably 0.5 m or more, more preferably 0. 0.8 m or more, particularly preferably 1 m or more.


　上記合わせガラスは、車両において、外部空間と上記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部に、上記第１の合わせガラス部材が、上記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ上記第２の合わせガラス部材が上記内部空間側に位置するように取り付けられることが好ましい。
In the vehicle, the laminated glass has an opening between an external space and an internal space where heat rays are incident from the external space, and the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side, and It is preferable that the second laminated glass member is attached so as to be positioned on the inner space side.


　以下、本発明に係る中間膜及び合わせガラスを構成する各部材の他の詳細を説明する。
Hereinafter, other details of each member constituting the interlayer film and the laminated glass according to the present invention will be described.


　（赤外線反射層）

　上記赤外線反射層は赤外線を反射する。上記赤外線反射層は、赤外線を反射する性能を有していれば特に限定されない。
(Infrared reflective layer)

The infrared reflection layer reflects infrared rays. The infrared reflection layer is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to reflect infrared rays.


　上記赤外線反射層としては、金属箔付き樹脂フィルム、樹脂層上に金属層及び誘電層が形成された多層積層フィルム、グラファイトを含むフィルム、多層樹脂フィルム及び液晶フィルム等が挙げられる。これらのフィルムは、赤外線を反射する性能を有する。
Examples of the infrared reflective layer include a resin film with a metal foil, a multilayer laminated film in which a metal layer and a dielectric layer are formed on the resin layer, a film containing graphite, a multilayer resin film, and a liquid crystal film. These films have the ability to reflect infrared radiation.


　上記赤外線反射層は、金属箔付き樹脂フィルム、グラファイトを含むフィルム、多層樹脂フィルム又は液晶フィルムであることが好ましい。これらのフィルムは、赤外線の反射性能にかなり優れている。従って、これらのフィルムの使用により、遮熱性がより一層高く、高い可視光線透過率をより一層長期間に渡り維持できる合わせガラスが得られる。
The infrared reflective layer is preferably a resin film with metal foil, a film containing graphite, a multilayer resin film, or a liquid crystal film. These films are quite excellent in infrared reflection performance. Therefore, the use of these films provides a laminated glass that has a higher heat-shielding property and can maintain a high visible light transmittance for a longer period of time.


　上記金属箔付き樹脂フィルムは、樹脂フィルムと、該樹脂フィルムの外表面に積層された金属箔とを備える。上記樹脂フィルムの材料としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、エチレン－酢酸ビニル共重合体樹脂、エチレン－アクリル酸共重合体樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂及びポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。上記金属箔の材料としては、アルミニウム、銅、銀、金、パラジウム、及びこれらを含む合金等が挙げられる。
The resin film with metal foil includes a resin film and a metal foil laminated on the outer surface of the resin film. Examples of the resin film material include polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer resin, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyolefin resin, poly A vinyl chloride resin, a polyimide resin, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the material for the metal foil include aluminum, copper, silver, gold, palladium, and alloys containing these.


　上記樹脂層上に金属層及び誘電層が形成された多層積層フィルムは、樹脂層（樹脂フィルム）に、金属層及び誘電層が交互に任意の層数で積層された多層積層フィルムである。なお、上記樹脂層上に金属層及び誘電層が形成された多層積層フィルムでは、金属層及び誘電層の全てが交互に積層されていることが好ましいが、金属層／誘電層／金属層／誘電層／金属層／金属層／誘電層／金属層のように、一部が交互に積層されていない構造部分があってもよい。
The multilayer laminated film in which the metal layer and the dielectric layer are formed on the resin layer is a multilayer laminated film in which the metal layer and the dielectric layer are alternately laminated in any number of layers on the resin layer (resin film). In the multilayer laminated film in which the metal layer and the dielectric layer are formed on the resin layer, it is preferable that all of the metal layer and the dielectric layer are alternately laminated, but the metal layer / dielectric layer / metal layer / dielectric There may be a structure part that is not partially laminated, such as layer / metal layer / metal layer / dielectric layer / metal layer.


　上記多層積層フィルムにおける上記樹脂層（樹脂フィルム）の材料としては、上記金属箔付き樹脂フィルムにおける樹脂フィルムの材料と同様の材料が挙げられる。上記多層積層フィルムにおける上記樹脂層（樹脂フィルム）の材料としては、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリ乳酸、ポリ（４－メチルペンテン－１）、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、環状ポリオレフィン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリビニルアルコール、ナイロン６，１１，１２，６６などのポリアミド、ポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリエステル、ポリフェニレンサルファイド及びポリエーテルイミド等が挙げられる。上記多層積層フィルムにおける上記金属層の材料としては、上記金属箔付き樹脂フィルムにおける上記金属箔の材料と同様の材料が挙げられる。上記金属層の両面もしくは片面に、金属もしくは金属の混合酸化物のコート層を付与することができる。上記コート層の材料としては、ＺｎＯ、Ａｌ２Ｏ３、Ｇａ２Ｏ３、ＩｎＯ３、ＭｇＯ、Ｔｉ、ＮｉＣｒ及びＣｕ等が挙げられる。
Examples of the material for the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film include the same materials as those for the resin film in the resin film with metal foil. As the material of the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film, polyethylene, polypropylene, polylactic acid, poly (4-methylpentene-1), polyvinylidene fluoride, cyclic polyolefin, polymethyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl Examples include alcohol, polyamides such as nylon 6, 11, 12, 66, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyester, polyphenylene sulfide, and polyetherimide. Examples of the material for the metal layer in the multilayer laminated film include the same materials as those for the metal foil in the resin film with metal foil. A coating layer of a metal or a mixed oxide of metal can be provided on both surfaces or one surface of the metal layer. Examples of the material for the coating layer include ZnO, Al 2 O 3 , Ga 2 O 3 , InO 3 , MgO, Ti, NiCr, and Cu.


　上記多層積層フィルムにおける上記誘電層の材料としては、例えば酸化インジウム等が挙げられる。
Examples of the material of the dielectric layer in the multilayer laminated film include indium oxide.


　上記多層樹脂フィルムは、複数の樹脂フィルムが積層された積層フィルムである。上記多層樹脂フィルムの材料としては、上記多層積層フィルムにおける上記樹脂層（樹脂フィルム）の材料と同様の材料が挙げられる。上記多層樹脂フィルムにおける樹脂フィルムの積層数は、２以上であり、３以上であってもよく、５以上であってもよい。上記多層樹脂フィルムにおける樹脂フィルムの積層数は、１０００以下であってもよく、１００以下であってもよく、５０以下であってもよい。
The multilayer resin film is a laminated film in which a plurality of resin films are laminated. Examples of the material for the multilayer resin film include the same materials as those for the resin layer (resin film) in the multilayer laminated film. The number of laminated resin films in the multilayer resin film is 2 or more, 3 or more, or 5 or more. 1000 or less may be sufficient as the number of lamination | stacking of the resin film in the said multilayer resin film, 100 or less may be sufficient, and 50 or less may be sufficient.


　上記多層樹脂フィルムは、異なる光学的性質（屈折率）を有する２種類以上の熱可塑性樹脂層が交互に又はランダムに任意の層数で積層された多層樹脂フィルムであってもよい。このような多層樹脂フィルムは、所望の赤外線反射性能が得られるように構成される。
The multilayer resin film may be a multilayer resin film in which two or more types of thermoplastic resin layers having different optical properties (refractive indexes) are alternately or randomly laminated in an arbitrary number of layers. Such a multilayer resin film is configured to obtain desired infrared reflection performance.


　上記液晶フィルムとしては、任意の波長の光を反射するコレステリック液晶層を任意の層数で積層したフィルムが挙げられる。このような液晶フィルムは、所望の赤外線反射性能が得られるように構成される。
As said liquid crystal film, the film which laminated | stacked the cholesteric liquid crystal layer which reflects the light of arbitrary wavelengths by arbitrary layers is mentioned. Such a liquid crystal film is configured to obtain desired infrared reflection performance.


　赤外線を反射する性能に優れることから、上記赤外線反射層が、８００ｎｍ～２０００ｎｍの範囲内の少なくとも１つの波長において、赤外線透過率が４０％以下である性質を有することが好ましい。なお、後述する実施例で用いた赤外線反射層の赤外線透過率は、上記の好ましい条件を満足する。８００ｎｍ～２０００ｎｍの範囲内の少なくとも１つの波長において、赤外線透過率はより好ましくは３０％以下、更に好ましくは２０％以下である。
The infrared reflecting layer preferably has a property that the infrared transmittance is 40% or less at at least one wavelength in the range of 800 nm to 2000 nm because of excellent performance of reflecting infrared rays. In addition, the infrared transmittance of the infrared reflective layer used in the examples described later satisfies the above preferable conditions. At least one wavelength within the range of 800 nm to 2000 nm, the infrared transmittance is more preferably 30% or less, and still more preferably 20% or less.


　上記赤外線反射層の波長８００ｎｍ～２０００ｎｍの範囲における各波長の透過率は、具体的には、以下のようにして測定される。単独の赤外線反射層を用意する。分光光度計（日立ハイテク社製「Ｕ－４１００」）を用いて、ＪＩＳ　Ｒ３１０６：１９９８又はＪＩＳ　Ｒ３１０７：２０１３に準拠して、赤外線反射層の波長８００ｎｍ～２０００ｎｍにおける各波長の分光透過率を得る。ＪＩＳ　Ｒ３１０７：２０１３に準拠して、赤外線反射層の波長８００ｎｍ～２０００ｎｍにおける各波長の分光透過率を得ることが好ましい。
Specifically, the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer is measured as follows. A single infrared reflecting layer is prepared. Using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Co., Ltd.), the spectral transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer is obtained in accordance with JIS R3106: 1998 or JIS R3107: 2013. In accordance with JIS R3107: 2013, it is preferable to obtain the spectral transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 2000 nm of the infrared reflective layer.


　（第１の樹脂層及び第２の樹脂層）

　熱可塑性樹脂：

　第１の樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂（以下、熱可塑性樹脂（１）と記載することがある）を含む。第１の樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂（１）として、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（以下、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（１）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。第２の樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂（以下、熱可塑性樹脂（２）と記載することがある）を含む。第２の樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂（２）として、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（以下、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（２）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。
(First resin layer and second resin layer)

Thermoplastic resin:

The first resin layer contains a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter may be referred to as a thermoplastic resin (1)). It is preferable that a 1st resin layer contains polyvinyl acetal resin (Hereinafter, it may be described as polyvinyl acetal resin (1).) As a thermoplastic resin (1). The second resin layer contains a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a thermoplastic resin (2)). It is preferable that a 2nd resin layer contains polyvinyl acetal resin (Hereinafter, it may be described as polyvinyl acetal resin (2).) As a thermoplastic resin (2).


　上記熱可塑性樹脂（１）と上記熱可塑性樹脂（２）とは、同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。上記熱可塑性樹脂（１）及び上記熱可塑性樹脂（２）はそれぞれ、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（１）及び上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（２）はそれぞれ、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The thermoplastic resin (1) and the thermoplastic resin (2) may be the same or different. As for the said thermoplastic resin (1) and the said thermoplastic resin (2), only 1 type may respectively be used and 2 or more types may be used together. As for the said polyvinyl acetal resin (1) and the said polyvinyl acetal resin (2), only 1 type may respectively be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記熱可塑性樹脂としては、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、エチレン－酢酸ビニル共重合体樹脂、エチレン－アクリル酸共重合体樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリ酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂及びアイオノマー樹脂等が挙げられる。これら以外の熱可塑性樹脂を用いてもよい。
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyvinyl acetal resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer resin, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyolefin resin, polyvinyl acetate resin, polystyrene resin, and ionomer resin. Is mentioned. Thermoplastic resins other than these may be used.


　上記熱可塑性樹脂は、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂であることが好ましい。ポリビニルアセタール樹脂と可塑剤との併用により、合わせガラス部材及び赤外線反射層などの他の層に対する樹脂層の接着力がより一層高くなる。
The thermoplastic resin is preferably a polyvinyl acetal resin. By the combined use of the polyvinyl acetal resin and the plasticizer, the adhesive force of the resin layer to other layers such as the laminated glass member and the infrared reflection layer is further increased.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂は、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）をアルデヒドによりアセタール化することにより製造できる。上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂は、ポリビニルアルコールのアセタール化物であることが好ましい。上記ポリビニルアルコールは、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニルをけん化することにより得られる。上記ポリビニルアルコールのけん化度は、一般に７０～９９．９モル％の範囲内である。
The polyvinyl acetal resin can be produced, for example, by acetalizing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with an aldehyde. The polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably an acetalized product of polyvinyl alcohol. The polyvinyl alcohol can be obtained, for example, by saponifying polyvinyl acetate. The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol is generally in the range of 70 to 99.9 mol%.


　上記ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）の平均重合度は、好ましくは２００以上、より好ましくは５００以上、より一層好ましくは１５００以上、更に好ましくは１６００以上、特に好ましくは２６００以上、最も好ましくは２７００以上、好ましくは５０００以下、より好ましくは４０００以下、更に好ましくは３５００以下である。上記平均重合度が上記下限以上であると、合わせガラスの耐貫通性がより一層高くなる。上記平均重合度が上記上限以下であると、樹脂層の成形が容易になる。
The average degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 500 or more, still more preferably 1500 or more, still more preferably 1600 or more, particularly preferably 2600 or more, most preferably 2700 or more, preferably It is 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, and still more preferably 3500 or less. When the average degree of polymerization is not less than the above lower limit, the penetration resistance of the laminated glass is further enhanced. When the average degree of polymerization is not more than the above upper limit, the resin layer can be easily molded.


　上記ポリビニルアルコールの平均重合度は、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２６「ポリビニルアルコール試験方法」に準拠した方法により求められる。
The average degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol is determined by a method based on JIS K6726 “Testing method for polyvinyl alcohol”.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂に含まれるアセタール基の炭素数は特に限定されない。上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂を製造する際に用いるアルデヒドは特に限定されない。上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂におけるアセタール基の炭素数は３～５であることが好ましく、３又は４であることがより好ましい。上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂におけるアセタール基の炭素数が３以上であると、樹脂層のガラス転移温度が充分に低くなる。
The number of carbon atoms of the acetal group contained in the polyvinyl acetal resin is not particularly limited. The aldehyde used when manufacturing the said polyvinyl acetal resin is not specifically limited. The acetal group in the polyvinyl acetal resin preferably has 3 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 or 4. When the carbon number of the acetal group in the polyvinyl acetal resin is 3 or more, the glass transition temperature of the resin layer is sufficiently low.


　上記アルデヒドは特に限定されない。一般には、炭素数が１～１０のアルデヒドが好適に用いられる。上記炭素数が１～１０のアルデヒドとしては、例えば、プロピオンアルデヒド、ｎ－ブチルアルデヒド、イソブチルアルデヒド、ｎ－バレルアルデヒド、２－エチルブチルアルデヒド、ｎ－ヘキシルアルデヒド、ｎ－オクチルアルデヒド、ｎ－ノニルアルデヒド、ｎ－デシルアルデヒド、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド及びベンズアルデヒド等が挙げられる。プロピオンアルデヒド、ｎ－ブチルアルデヒド、イソブチルアルデヒド、ｎ－ヘキシルアルデヒド又はｎ－バレルアルデヒドが好ましく、プロピオンアルデヒド、ｎ－ブチルアルデヒド又はイソブチルアルデヒドがより好ましく、ｎ－ブチルアルデヒドが更に好ましい。上記アルデヒドは、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The aldehyde is not particularly limited. In general, aldehydes having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferably used. Examples of the aldehyde having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, n-valeraldehyde, 2-ethylbutyraldehyde, n-hexylaldehyde, n-octylaldehyde, and n-nonylaldehyde. N-decylaldehyde, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde and the like. Propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, n-hexylaldehyde or n-valeraldehyde is preferred, propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde or isobutyraldehyde is more preferred, and n-butyraldehyde is still more preferred. As for the said aldehyde, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂の水酸基の含有率（水酸基量）は、好ましくは１５モル％以上、より好ましくは１８モル％以上、更に好ましくは２０モル％以上、特に好ましくは２８モル％以上、好ましくは４０モル％以下、より好ましくは３５モル％以下、更に好ましくは３２モル％以下である。上記水酸基の含有率が上記下限以上であると、樹脂層の接着力がより一層高くなる。また、上記水酸基の含有率が上記上限以下であると、樹脂層の柔軟性が高くなり、樹脂層の取扱いが容易になる。
The hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl group amount) of the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 18 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, particularly preferably 28 mol% or more, preferably 40 mol. % Or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, still more preferably 32 mol% or less. When the hydroxyl group content is at least the above lower limit, the adhesive strength of the resin layer is further increased. Moreover, the flexibility of a resin layer becomes it high that the content rate of the said hydroxyl group is below the said upper limit, and the handling of a resin layer becomes easy.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂の水酸基の含有率は、水酸基が結合しているエチレン基量を、主鎖の全エチレン基量で除算して求めたモル分率を百分率で示した値である。上記水酸基が結合しているエチレン基量は、例えば、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠して測定できる。
The hydroxyl group content of the polyvinyl acetal resin is a value indicating the mole fraction obtained by dividing the amount of ethylene groups to which the hydroxyl group is bonded by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain, as a percentage. The amount of ethylene group to which the hydroxyl group is bonded can be measured, for example, according to JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral”.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂のアセチル化度（アセチル基量）は、好ましくは０．１モル％以上、より好ましくは０．３モル％以上、更に好ましくは０．５モル％以上、好ましくは３０モル％以下、より好ましくは２５モル％以下、更に好ましくは２０モル％以下、特に好ましくは１５モル％以下、最も好ましくは３モル％以下である。上記アセチル化度が上記下限以上であると、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂と可塑剤との相溶性が高くなる。上記アセチル化度が上記上限以下であると、合わせガラスの耐湿性が高くなる。
The degree of acetylation (acetyl group amount) of the polyvinyl acetal resin is preferably 0.1 mol% or more, more preferably 0.3 mol% or more, still more preferably 0.5 mol% or more, preferably 30 mol% or less. More preferably, it is 25 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, particularly preferably 15 mol% or less, and most preferably 3 mol% or less. When the acetylation degree is not less than the above lower limit, the compatibility between the polyvinyl acetal resin and the plasticizer is increased. When the acetylation degree is not more than the above upper limit, the moisture resistance of the laminated glass is increased.


　上記アセチル化度は、アセチル基が結合しているエチレン基量を、主鎖の全エチレン基量で除算して求めたモル分率を百分率で示した値である。上記アセチル基が結合しているエチレン基量は、例えば、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠して測定できる。
The degree of acetylation is a value indicating the mole fraction obtained by dividing the amount of ethylene groups to which acetyl groups are bonded by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain, as a percentage. The amount of ethylene group to which the acetyl group is bonded can be measured, for example, according to JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral”.


　上記ポリビニルアセタール樹脂のアセタール化度（ポリビニルブチラール樹脂の場合にはブチラール化度）は、好ましくは６０モル％以上、より好ましくは６３モル％以上、好ましくは８５モル％以下、より好ましくは７５モル％以下、更に好ましくは７０モル％以下である。上記アセタール化度が上記下限以上であると、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂と可塑剤との相溶性が高くなる。上記アセタール化度が上記上限以下であると、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂を製造するために必要な反応時間が短くなる。
The degree of acetalization of the polyvinyl acetal resin (in the case of polyvinyl butyral resin, the degree of butyralization) is preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 63 mol% or more, preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 75 mol%. Hereinafter, it is 70 mol% or less more preferably. When the degree of acetalization is not less than the above lower limit, the compatibility between the polyvinyl acetal resin and the plasticizer increases. When the degree of acetalization is less than or equal to the above upper limit, the reaction time required for producing a polyvinyl acetal resin is shortened.


　上記アセタール化度は、以下のようにして求める。先ず、主鎖の全エチレン基量から、水酸基が結合しているエチレン基量と、アセチル基が結合しているエチレン基量とを差し引いた値を求める。得られた値を、主鎖の全エチレン基量で除算してモル分率を求める。このモル分率を百分率で示した値がアセタール化度である。
The degree of acetalization is determined as follows. First, a value obtained by subtracting the amount of ethylene groups bonded with hydroxyl groups and the amount of ethylene groups bonded with acetyl groups from the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain is obtained. The obtained value is divided by the total amount of ethylene groups in the main chain to obtain the mole fraction. A value indicating the mole fraction as a percentage is the degree of acetalization.


　なお、上記水酸基の含有率（水酸基量）、アセタール化度（ブチラール化度）及びアセチル化度は、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠した方法により測定された結果から算出することが好ましい。但し、ＡＳＴＭ　Ｄ１３９６－９２による測定を用いてもよい。ポリビニルアセタール樹脂がポリビニルブチラール樹脂である場合は、上記水酸基の含有率（水酸基量）、上記アセタール化度（ブチラール化度）及び上記アセチル化度は、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠した方法により測定された結果から算出され得る。
The hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl group amount), acetalization degree (butyralization degree), and acetylation degree are preferably calculated from results measured by a method based on JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”. However, measurement according to ASTM D1396-92 may be used. When the polyvinyl acetal resin is a polyvinyl butyral resin, the hydroxyl group content (hydroxyl content), the acetalization degree (butyralization degree), and the acetylation degree are determined in accordance with JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”. It can be calculated from the results measured by


　可塑剤：

　樹脂層の接着力をより一層高める観点からは、上記第１の樹脂層は、可塑剤（以下、可塑剤（１）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。樹脂層の接着力をより一層高める観点からは、上記第２の樹脂層は、可塑剤（以下、可塑剤（２）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。樹脂層に含まれている熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂である場合に、樹脂層は、可塑剤を含むことが特に好ましい。ポリビニルアセタール樹脂を含む層は、可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。
Plasticizer:

From the viewpoint of further increasing the adhesive strength of the resin layer, the first resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a plasticizer (1)). From the viewpoint of further increasing the adhesive strength of the resin layer, the second resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a plasticizer (2)). When the thermoplastic resin contained in the resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin, the resin layer particularly preferably contains a plasticizer. The layer containing the polyvinyl acetal resin preferably contains a plasticizer.


　上記可塑剤は特に限定されない。上記可塑剤として、従来公知の可塑剤を用いることができる。上記可塑剤は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The plasticizer is not particularly limited. A conventionally known plasticizer can be used as the plasticizer. As for the said plasticizer, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記可塑剤としては、一塩基性有機酸エステル及び多塩基性有機酸エステル等の有機エステル可塑剤、並びに有機リン酸可塑剤及び有機亜リン酸可塑剤などの有機リン酸可塑剤等が挙げられる。有機エステル可塑剤が好ましい。上記可塑剤は液状可塑剤であることが好ましい。
Examples of the plasticizer include organic ester plasticizers such as monobasic organic acid esters and polybasic organic acid esters, and organic phosphate plasticizers such as organic phosphoric acid plasticizers and organic phosphorous acid plasticizers. . Organic ester plasticizers are preferred. The plasticizer is preferably a liquid plasticizer.


　上記一塩基性有機酸エステルとしては、グリコールと一塩基性有機酸との反応によって得られたグリコールエステル等が挙げられる。上記グリコールとしては、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール及びトリプロピレングリコール等が挙げられる。上記一塩基性有機酸としては、酪酸、イソ酪酸、カプロン酸、２－エチル酪酸、ヘプチル酸、ｎ－オクチル酸、２－エチルヘキシル酸、ｎ－ノニル酸及びデシル酸等が挙げられる。
Examples of the monobasic organic acid ester include glycol esters obtained by reaction of glycol with a monobasic organic acid. Examples of the glycol include triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. Examples of the monobasic organic acid include butyric acid, isobutyric acid, caproic acid, 2-ethylbutyric acid, heptylic acid, n-octylic acid, 2-ethylhexylic acid, n-nonylic acid, and decylic acid.


　上記多塩基性有機酸エステルとしては、多塩基性有機酸と、炭素数４～８の直鎖又は分岐構造を有するアルコールとのエステル化合物等が挙げられる。上記多塩基性有機酸としては、アジピン酸、セバシン酸及びアゼライン酸等が挙げられる。
Examples of the polybasic organic acid ester include ester compounds of a polybasic organic acid and an alcohol having a linear or branched structure having 4 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the polybasic organic acid include adipic acid, sebacic acid, and azelaic acid.


　上記有機エステル可塑剤としては、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルプロパノエート、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート、トリエチレングリコールジカプリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ－ｎ－オクタノエート、トリエチレングリコールジ－ｎ－ヘプタノエート、テトラエチレングリコールジ－ｎ－ヘプタノエート、ジブチルセバケート、ジオクチルアゼレート、ジブチルカルビトールアジペート、エチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、１，３－プロピレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、１，４－ブチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、ジエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、ジエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート、ジプロピレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルペンタノエート、テトラエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート、ジエチレングリコールジカプリレート、アジピン酸ジヘキシル、アジピン酸ジオクチル、アジピン酸ヘキシルシクロヘキシル、アジピン酸ヘプチルとアジピン酸ノニルとの混合物、アジピン酸ジイソノニル、アジピン酸ジイソデシル、アジピン酸ヘプチルノニル、セバシン酸ジブチル、油変性セバシン酸アルキド、及びリン酸エステルとアジピン酸エステルとの混合物等が挙げられる。これら以外の有機エステル可塑剤を用いてもよい。上述のアジピン酸エステル以外の他のアジピン酸エステルを用いてもよい。
Examples of the organic ester plasticizer include triethylene glycol di-2-ethylpropanoate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, Triethylene glycol di-n-octanoate, triethylene glycol di-n-heptanoate, tetraethylene glycol di-n-heptanoate, dibutyl sebacate, dioctyl azelate, dibutyl carbitol adipate, ethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, 1,3-propylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, 1,4-butylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, diethylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate, diethylene glycol di-2-ethyl Xanoate, dipropylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, triethylene glycol di-2-ethylpentanoate, tetraethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate, diethylene glycol dicaprylate, dihexyl adipate, dioctyl adipate, adipine Hexyl cyclohexyl, a mixture of heptyl adipate and nonyl adipate, diisononyl adipate, diisodecyl adipate, heptylnonyl adipate, dibutyl sebacate, alkyd oil-modified sebacate, and a mixture of phosphate ester and adipate Can be mentioned. Organic ester plasticizers other than these may be used. Other adipic acid esters other than the above-mentioned adipic acid esters may be used.


　上記有機リン酸可塑剤としては、トリブトキシエチルホスフェート、イソデシルフェニルホスフェート及びトリイソプロピルホスフェート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the organic phosphate plasticizer include tributoxyethyl phosphate, isodecylphenyl phosphate, triisopropyl phosphate, and the like.


　上記可塑剤は、下記式（１）で表されるジエステル可塑剤であることが好ましい。
The plasticizer is preferably a diester plasticizer represented by the following formula (1).


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


　上記式（１）中、Ｒ１及びＲ２はそれぞれ、炭素数５～１０の有機基を表し、Ｒ３は、エチレン基、イソプロピレン基又はｎ－プロピレン基を表し、ｐは３～１０の整数を表す。上記式（１）中のＲ１及びＲ２はそれぞれ、炭素数６～１０の有機基であることが好ましい。
In the above formula (1), R1 and R2 each represents an organic group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, R3 represents an ethylene group, an isopropylene group or an n-propylene group, and p represents an integer of 3 to 10 . R1 and R2 in the above formula (1) are each preferably an organic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.


　上記可塑剤は、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート（３ＧＯ）又はトリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルブチレート（３ＧＨ）を含むことが好ましく、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエートを含むことがより好ましい。
The plasticizer preferably contains triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) or triethylene glycol di-2-ethylbutyrate (3GH). Triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate It is more preferable to contain.


　上記可塑剤の含有量は特に限定されない。上記可塑剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）において、上記熱可塑性樹脂１００重量部に対して、上記可塑剤の含有量は、好ましくは２５重量部以上、より好ましくは３０重量部以上、更に好ましくは３５重量部以上である。上記可塑剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）において、上記熱可塑性樹脂１００重量部に対して、上記可塑剤の含有量は、好ましくは７５重量部以下、より好ましくは６０重量部以下、更に好ましくは５０重量部以下、特に好ましくは４０重量部以下である。上記可塑剤の含有量が上記下限以上であると、合わせガラスの耐貫通性がより一層高くなる。上記可塑剤の含有量が上記上限以下であると、合わせガラスの透明性がより一層高くなる。
The content of the plasticizer is not particularly limited. In the layer containing the plasticizer (the first resin layer or the second resin layer), the content of the plasticizer is preferably 25 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the thermoplastic resin. Is 30 parts by weight or more, more preferably 35 parts by weight or more. In the layer containing the plasticizer (the first resin layer or the second resin layer), the content of the plasticizer is preferably 75 parts by weight or less, more preferably 100 parts by weight or more. Is 60 parts by weight or less, more preferably 50 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40 parts by weight or less. When the content of the plasticizer is not less than the above lower limit, the penetration resistance of the laminated glass is further enhanced. When the content of the plasticizer is not more than the above upper limit, the transparency of the laminated glass is further increased.


　着色剤：

　上記第１の樹脂層は、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤（以下、着色剤（１）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。上記第２の樹脂層は、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤（以下、着色剤（２）と記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂と上記第２の樹脂層とのうち、上記第１の樹脂層が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤（１）を含んでいてもよい。上記第１の樹脂層が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤（１）を含み、かつ、上記第２の樹脂層が、上記表示対応領域にて、着色剤（２）を含むことが好ましい。上記着色剤は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
Colorant:

The first resin layer preferably contains a colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a colorant (1)) in the display corresponding region. The second resin layer preferably contains a colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a colorant (2)) in the display corresponding region. Of the first resin and the second resin layer, the first resin layer may contain a colorant (1) in the display corresponding region. It is preferable that the first resin layer includes a colorant (1) in the display corresponding region, and the second resin layer includes a colorant (2) in the display corresponding region. . As for the said coloring agent, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　合わせガラス全体で多重像を効果的に抑制する観点からは、０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する樹脂層が、着色剤を含むことが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of effectively suppressing multiple images over the entire laminated glass, the resin layer having a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad preferably contains a colorant.


　多重像をより一層抑える観点からは、上記着色剤の極大吸収波長は好ましくは３８０ｎｍ以上、より好ましくは５００ｎｍ以上、更に好ましくは６００ｎｍ、好ましくは７８０ｎｍ以下である。
From the viewpoint of further suppressing multiple images, the maximum absorption wavelength of the colorant is preferably 380 nm or more, more preferably 500 nm or more, still more preferably 600 nm, preferably 780 nm or less.


　上記極大吸収波長とは、着色剤の吸光度が最大となる波長を意味する。
The maximum absorption wavelength means a wavelength at which the absorbance of the colorant is maximized.


　上記着色剤としては、顔料及び染料等が挙げられる。
Examples of the colorant include pigments and dyes.


　顔料と染料とは、以下のように判別される。
The pigment and the dye are distinguished as follows.


　ポリビニルブチラール樹脂（ｎ－ブチルアルデヒドを使用、ポリビニルアルコールの重合度１７００、水酸基の含有率３０モル％、アセチル化度１モル％、ブチラール化度６９モル％）１００重量部と、トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート（３ＧＯ）４０重量部と、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂と３ＧＯと着色剤との合計量１００重量％に対して０．０１５重量部となる量の着色剤とを混練し、混練物を得る。この混練物を押し出して、厚さ７６０μｍの樹脂膜を得る。この樹脂膜を、ＪＩＳ　Ｒ３１０６：１９９８に準拠して測定された可視光線透過率が９０％の２枚のクリアガラス（厚み２．５ｍｍ）の間に配置して、合わせガラスを作製する。得られる合わせガラスのヘーズ値が０．３５％以上となる着色剤を顔料と定義する。ヘーズ値が０．３５％未満となる着色剤は染料と定義する。
100 parts by weight of polyvinyl butyral resin (using n-butyraldehyde, polymerization degree of polyvinyl alcohol 1700, hydroxyl group content 30 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, butyralization degree 69 mol%) and triethylene glycol di- 40 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexanoate (3GO) and a colorant in an amount of 0.015 parts by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the total amount of polyvinyl butyral resin, 3GO, and colorant are kneaded and kneaded Get. This kneaded product is extruded to obtain a resin film having a thickness of 760 μm. This resin film is disposed between two pieces of clear glass (thickness 2.5 mm) having a visible light transmittance of 90% measured according to JIS R3106: 1998 to produce a laminated glass. A colorant having a haze value of 0.35% or more of the obtained laminated glass is defined as a pigment. A colorant having a haze value of less than 0.35% is defined as a dye.


　上記顔料は、有機顔料であってもよく、無機顔料であってもよい。上記有機顔料は、金属原子を有する有機顔料であってもよく、金属原子を有さない有機顔料であってもよい。上記顔料は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. The organic pigment may be an organic pigment having a metal atom or an organic pigment having no metal atom. As for the said pigment, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記有機顔料としては、フタロシアニン化合物、キナクドリン化合物、アゾ化合物、ペンタフェン化合物、ジオキサジン化合物、ペリレン化合物、インドール化合物及びジオキサジン化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the organic pigment include phthalocyanine compounds, quinacudrine compounds, azo compounds, pentaphen compounds, dioxazine compounds, perylene compounds, indole compounds, and dioxazine compounds.


　上記無機顔料としては、カーボンブラック、及び酸化鉄、酸化亜鉛、酸化チタン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, iron oxide, zinc oxide, and titanium oxide.


　上記着色剤は、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、アントラシアニン化合物、キナクドリン化合物、アゾ化合物、ペンタフェン化合物、ジオキサジン化合物、ペリレン化合物、インドール化合物又はカーボンブラックであることが好ましい。
The colorant is preferably a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, an anthracocyanine compound, a quinacdrine compound, an azo compound, a pentaphen compound, a dioxazine compound, a perylene compound, an indole compound, or carbon black.


　上記着色剤は、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物及びアントラシアニン化合物の内の少なくとも１種の成分Ｘであることが好ましい。
The colorant is preferably at least one component X among phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds.


　上記成分Ｘは特に限定されない。成分Ｘとして、従来公知のフタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物及びアントラシアニン化合物を用いることができる。
The component X is not particularly limited. As component X, conventionally known phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds can be used.


　上記成分Ｘとしては、フタロシアニン、フタロシアニンの誘導体、ナフタロシアニン、ナフタロシアニンの誘導体、アントラシアニン及びアントラシアニンの誘導体等が挙げられる。上記フタロシアニン化合物及び上記フタロシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、フタロシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。上記ナフタロシアニン化合物及び上記ナフタロシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、ナフタロシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。上記アントラシアニン化合物及び上記アントラシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、アントラシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。
Examples of the component X include phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, a derivative of naphthalocyanine, anthracyanine, an anthracocyanine derivative, and the like. The phthalocyanine compound and the phthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a phthalocyanine skeleton. The naphthalocyanine compound and the naphthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a naphthalocyanine skeleton. It is preferable that each of the anthocyanin compound and the derivative of the anthracyanine has an anthracyanine skeleton.


　合わせガラスの多重像をより一層抑え、遮熱性をより一層高くする観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、フタロシアニン、フタロシアニンの誘導体、ナフタロシアニン又はナフタロシアニンの誘導体であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン又はフタロシアニンの誘導体であることがより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further suppressing multiple images of laminated glass and further improving the heat shielding property, the component X is preferably phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine or a derivative of naphthalocyanine, and a derivative of phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine It is more preferable that


　多重像をより一層抑え、遮熱性を効果的に高め、かつ長期間にわたり可視光線透過率をより一層高いレベルで維持する観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有することが好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子を含有することが好ましく、銅原子を含有することも好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有するフタロシアニン及びバナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有するフタロシアニンの誘導体の内の少なくとも１種であることがより好ましい。合わせガラスの多重像を更に一層抑え、遮熱性を更に一層高くする観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子に酸素原子が結合した構造単位を有することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further suppressing multiple images, effectively increasing heat shielding properties, and maintaining visible light transmittance at a higher level over a long period of time, the component X may contain a vanadium atom or a copper atom. preferable. The component X preferably contains a vanadium atom, and preferably contains a copper atom. The component X is more preferably at least one of a phthalocyanine containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom and a phthalocyanine derivative containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom. From the viewpoint of further suppressing the multiple images of the laminated glass and further increasing the heat shielding property, the component X preferably has a structural unit in which an oxygen atom is bonded to a vanadium atom.


　多重像をより一層抑える観点から、着色剤の含有量及び成分Ｘの含有量は以下の好ましい範囲を満足することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further suppressing multiple images, the content of the colorant and the content of component X preferably satisfy the following preferred ranges.


　上記着色剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記着色剤の含有量は、好ましくは０．００００１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．０００１重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．００１重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、最も好ましくは０．０２重量％以上である。上記着色剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記着色剤の含有量は、好ましくは０．２重量％以下、より好ましくは０．１重量％以下、更に好ましくは０．０５重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．０４重量％以下である。上記着色剤の含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、多重像が効果的に抑えられる。
In 100% by weight of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the colorant is preferably 0.00001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.0001% by weight. More preferably, it is 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the colorant is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the colorant is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.


　上記着色剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）の表示対応領域の着色剤を含む領域１００重量％中、上記着色剤の含有量は、好ましくは０．００００１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．０００１重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．００１重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、最も好ましくは０．０２重量％以上である。上記着色剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）の表示対応領域の着色剤を含む領域１００重量％中、上記着色剤の含有量は、好ましくは０．２重量％以下、より好ましくは０．１重量％以下、更に好ましくは０．０５重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．０４重量％以下である。上記着色剤の含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、多重像が効果的に抑えられる。
The content of the colorant is preferably 0.00001% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the colorant in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer). Above, more preferably 0.0001% by weight or more, still more preferably 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. The content of the colorant is preferably 0.2% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the colorant in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the colorant (first resin layer or second resin layer). Below, more preferably 0.1% by weight or less, still more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the colorant is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.


　上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．００００１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．０００１重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．００１重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、最も好ましくは０．０２重量％以上である。上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．２重量％以下、より好ましくは０．１重量％以下、更に好ましくは０．０５重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．０４重量％以下である。上記成分Ｘの含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、多重像が効果的に抑えられる。
In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.00001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.0001% by weight. More preferably, it is 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.


　上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）の表示対応領域の成分Ｘを含む領域１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．００００１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．０００１重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．００１重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、最も好ましくは０．０２重量％以上である。上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）の表示対応領域の成分Ｘを含む領域１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．２重量％以下、より好ましくは０．１重量％以下、更に好ましくは０．０５重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．０４重量％以下である。上記成分Ｘの含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、多重像が効果的に抑えられる。
The content of the component X is preferably 0.00001% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the component X in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer). Above, more preferably 0.0001% by weight or more, still more preferably 0.001% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.01% by weight or more, and most preferably 0.02% by weight or more. The content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight in 100% by weight of the region containing the component X in the display corresponding region of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer). Below, more preferably 0.1% by weight or less, still more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. Multiple images are effectively suppressed when the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit.


　遮熱性物質：

　上記第１の樹脂層は、遮熱性物質を含むことが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層は、遮熱性物質を含んでいなくてもよい。上記第１の樹脂層における遮熱性物質の含有量は、上記第２の樹脂層における遮熱性物質の含有量よりも少なくてもよい。上記第２の樹脂層は、遮熱性物質を含むことが好ましい。上記遮熱性物質は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
Thermal barrier materials:

The first resin layer preferably contains a heat shielding material. The first resin layer may not contain a heat shielding material. The content of the heat shielding material in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the heat shielding material in the second resin layer. The second resin layer preferably contains a heat shielding material. As for the said heat-shielding substance, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記遮熱性物質は、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物及びアントラシアニン化合物の内の少なくとも１種の成分Ｘを含むか、又は遮熱粒子を含むことが好ましい。この場合に、上記成分Ｘと上記遮熱粒子との双方を含んでいてもよい。
The heat shielding material preferably contains at least one component X of phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds, or contains heat shielding particles. In this case, both the component X and the heat shielding particles may be included.


　上記第１の樹脂層は、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物及びアントラシアニン化合物の内の少なくとも１種の成分Ｘを含むことが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層は、上記成分Ｘを含んでいなくてもよい。上記第１の樹脂層における上記成分Ｘの含有量は、上記第２の樹脂層における上記成分Ｘの含有量よりも少なくてもよい。上記第２の樹脂層は、上記成分Ｘを含むことが好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The first resin layer preferably includes at least one component X among phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds. The first resin layer may not contain the component X. The content of the component X in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the component X in the second resin layer. The second resin layer preferably contains the component X. As for the said component X, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記成分Ｘは特に限定されない。成分Ｘとして、従来公知のフタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物及びアントラシアニン化合物を用いることができる。
The component X is not particularly limited. As component X, conventionally known phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and anthracocyanine compounds can be used.


　上記成分Ｘとしては、フタロシアニン、フタロシアニンの誘導体、ナフタロシアニン、ナフタロシアニンの誘導体、アントラシアニン及びアントラシアニンの誘導体等が挙げられる。上記フタロシアニン化合物及び上記フタロシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、フタロシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。上記ナフタロシアニン化合物及び上記ナフタロシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、ナフタロシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。上記アントラシアニン化合物及び上記アントラシアニンの誘導体はそれぞれ、アントラシアニン骨格を有することが好ましい。
Examples of the component X include phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, a derivative of naphthalocyanine, anthracyanine, an anthracocyanine derivative, and the like. The phthalocyanine compound and the phthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a phthalocyanine skeleton. The naphthalocyanine compound and the naphthalocyanine derivative preferably each have a naphthalocyanine skeleton. It is preferable that each of the anthocyanin compound and the derivative of the anthracyanine has an anthracyanine skeleton.


　合わせガラスの遮熱性をより一層高くする観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、フタロシアニン、フタロシアニンの誘導体、ナフタロシアニン又はナフタロシアニンの誘導体であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン又はフタロシアニンの誘導体であることがより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further increasing the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, the component X is preferably phthalocyanine, a derivative of phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, or a derivative of naphthalocyanine, and more preferably a derivative of phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine.


　遮熱性を効果的に高め、かつ長期間にわたり可視光線透過率をより一層高いレベルで維持する観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有することが好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子を含有することが好ましく、銅原子を含有することも好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有するフタロシアニン及びバナジウム原子又は銅原子を含有するフタロシアニンの誘導体の内の少なくとも１種であることがより好ましい。合わせガラスの遮熱性を更に一層高くする観点からは、上記成分Ｘは、バナジウム原子に酸素原子が結合した構造単位を有することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of effectively increasing the heat shielding property and maintaining the visible light transmittance at a higher level over a long period of time, the component X preferably contains a vanadium atom or a copper atom. The component X preferably contains a vanadium atom, and preferably contains a copper atom. The component X is more preferably at least one of a phthalocyanine containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom and a phthalocyanine derivative containing a vanadium atom or a copper atom. From the viewpoint of further increasing the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, the component X preferably has a structural unit in which an oxygen atom is bonded to a vanadium atom.


　上記成分Ｘは、遮熱性物質にも相当する。遮熱性を効果的に高める観点から、上記第１の樹脂層は、上記成分Ｘを含むことが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層は、上記成分Ｘを含んでいなくてもよい。上記第１の樹脂層における上記成分Ｘの含有量は、上記第２の樹脂層における上記成分Ｘの含有量よりも少なくてもよい。遮熱性を効果的に高める観点から、上記第２の樹脂層は、上記成分Ｘを含むことが好ましい。上記成分Ｘは、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The component X also corresponds to a heat shielding material. The first resin layer preferably contains the component X from the viewpoint of effectively increasing the heat shielding property. The first resin layer may not contain the component X. The content of the component X in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the component X in the second resin layer. From the viewpoint of effectively increasing the heat shielding property, the second resin layer preferably contains the component X. As for the said component X, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　遮熱性を効果的に高める観点から、上記成分Ｘの含有量は以下の好ましい範囲を満足することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of effectively increasing the heat shielding property, the content of the component X preferably satisfies the following preferable range.


　上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．００１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．００５重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．０２重量％以上である。上記成分Ｘを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記成分Ｘの含有量は、好ましくは０．２重量％以下、より好ましくは０．１重量％以下、更に好ましくは０．０５重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．０４重量％以下である。上記成分Ｘの含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、遮熱性が充分に高くなり、かつ可視光線透過率が充分に高くなる。例えば、可視光線透過率を７０％以上にすることが可能である。
In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.001% by weight or more, more preferably 0.005% by weight. Above, more preferably 0.01% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.02% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the component X (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the component X is preferably 0.2% by weight or less, more preferably 0.1% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.05% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.04% by weight or less. When the content of the component X is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, the heat shielding property is sufficiently high and the visible light transmittance is sufficiently high. For example, the visible light transmittance can be 70% or more.


　上記第１の樹脂層は、遮熱粒子を含むことが好ましい。上記第１の樹脂層は、遮熱粒子を含んでいなくてもよい。上記第１の樹脂層における遮熱粒子の含有量は、上記第２の樹脂層における遮熱粒子の含有量よりも少なくてもよい。上記第２の樹脂層は、上記遮熱粒子を含むことが好ましい。上記遮熱粒子は遮熱性物質である。遮熱粒子の使用により、赤外線（熱線）を効果的に遮断できる。上記遮熱粒子は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
The first resin layer preferably includes heat shielding particles. The first resin layer may not include the heat shielding particles. The content of the heat shielding particles in the first resin layer may be less than the content of the heat shielding particles in the second resin layer. The second resin layer preferably contains the heat shielding particles. The heat shielding particles are heat shielding materials. By using heat shielding particles, infrared rays (heat rays) can be effectively blocked. As for the said heat-shielding particle, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　合わせガラスの遮熱性をより一層高める観点からは、上記遮熱粒子は、金属酸化物粒子であることがより好ましい。上記遮熱粒子は、金属の酸化物により形成された粒子（金属酸化物粒子）であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further improving the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, the heat shielding particles are more preferably metal oxide particles. The heat shielding particles are preferably particles (metal oxide particles) formed of a metal oxide.


　可視光よりも長い波長７８０ｎｍ以上の赤外線は、紫外線と比較して、エネルギー量が小さい。しかしながら、赤外線は熱的作用が大きく、赤外線が物質に吸収されると熱として放出される。このため、赤外線は一般に熱線と呼ばれている。上記遮熱粒子の使用により、赤外線（熱線）を効果的に遮断できる。なお、遮熱粒子とは、赤外線を吸収可能な粒子を意味する。
Infrared rays having a wavelength longer than 780 nm longer than visible light have a smaller amount of energy than ultraviolet rays. However, infrared rays have a large thermal effect, and when infrared rays are absorbed by a substance, they are released as heat. For this reason, infrared rays are generally called heat rays. By using the heat shielding particles, infrared rays (heat rays) can be effectively blocked. The heat shielding particles mean particles that can absorb infrared rays.


　上記遮熱粒子の具体例としては、アルミニウムドープ酸化錫粒子、インジウムドープ酸化錫粒子、アンチモンドープ酸化錫粒子（ＡＴＯ粒子）、ガリウムドープ酸化亜鉛粒子（ＧＺＯ粒子）、インジウムドープ酸化亜鉛粒子（ＩＺＯ粒子）、アルミニウムドープ酸化亜鉛粒子（ＡＺＯ粒子）、ニオブドープ酸化チタン粒子、ナトリウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、セシウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、タリウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、ルビジウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、錫ドープ酸化インジウム粒子（ＩＴＯ粒子）、錫ドープ酸化亜鉛粒子、珪素ドープ酸化亜鉛粒子等の金属酸化物粒子や、六ホウ化ランタン（ＬａＢ６）粒子等が挙げられる。これら以外の遮熱粒子を用いてもよい。熱線の遮蔽機能が高いため、金属酸化物粒子が好ましく、ＡＴＯ粒子、ＧＺＯ粒子、ＩＺＯ粒子、ＩＴＯ粒子又は酸化タングステン粒子がより好ましく、ＩＴＯ粒子又は酸化タングステン粒子が特に好ましい。特に、熱線の遮蔽機能が高く、かつ入手が容易であるので、錫ドープ酸化インジウム粒子（ＩＴＯ粒子）が好ましく、酸化タングステン粒子も好ましい。
Specific examples of the heat shielding particles include aluminum-doped tin oxide particles, indium-doped tin oxide particles, antimony-doped tin oxide particles (ATO particles), gallium-doped zinc oxide particles (GZO particles), and indium-doped zinc oxide particles (IZO particles). ), Aluminum doped zinc oxide particles (AZO particles), niobium doped titanium oxide particles, sodium doped tungsten oxide particles, cesium doped tungsten oxide particles, thallium doped tungsten oxide particles, rubidium doped tungsten oxide particles, tin doped indium oxide particles (ITO particles) Metal oxide particles such as tin-doped zinc oxide particles and silicon-doped zinc oxide particles, and lanthanum hexaboride (LaB 6 ) particles. Heat shielding particles other than these may be used. Metal oxide particles are preferred because of their high heat ray shielding function, ATO particles, GZO particles, IZO particles, ITO particles or tungsten oxide particles are more preferred, and ITO particles or tungsten oxide particles are particularly preferred. In particular, tin-doped indium oxide particles (ITO particles) are preferable, and tungsten oxide particles are also preferable because they have a high heat ray shielding function and are easily available.


　合わせガラスの遮熱性をより一層高くする観点からは、酸化タングステン粒子は、金属ドープ酸化タングステン粒子であることが好ましい。上記「酸化タングステン粒子」には、金属ドープ酸化タングステン粒子が含まれる。上記金属ドープ酸化タングステン粒子としては、具体的には、ナトリウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、セシウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子、タリウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子及びルビジウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子等が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of further increasing the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, the tungsten oxide particles are preferably metal-doped tungsten oxide particles. The “tungsten oxide particles” include metal-doped tungsten oxide particles. Specific examples of the metal-doped tungsten oxide particles include sodium-doped tungsten oxide particles, cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles, thallium-doped tungsten oxide particles, and rubidium-doped tungsten oxide particles.


　合わせガラスの遮熱性をより一層高くする観点からは、セシウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子が特に好ましい。合わせガラスの遮熱性を更に一層高くする観点からは、該セシウムドープ酸化タングステン粒子は、式：Ｃｓ０．３３ＷＯ３で表される酸化タングステン粒子であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further increasing the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles are particularly preferable. From the viewpoint of further increasing the heat shielding property of the laminated glass, the cesium-doped tungsten oxide particles are preferably tungsten oxide particles represented by the formula: Cs 0.33 WO 3 .


　上記遮熱粒子の平均粒子径は好ましくは０．０１μｍ以上、より好ましくは０．０２μｍ以上、好ましくは０．１μｍ以下、より好ましくは０．０５μｍ以下である。平均粒子径が上記下限以上であると、熱線の遮蔽性が充分に高くなる。平均粒子径が上記上限以下であると、遮熱粒子の分散性が高くなる。
The average particle diameter of the heat shielding particles is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.02 μm or more, preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less. When the average particle size is not less than the above lower limit, the heat ray shielding property is sufficiently increased. When the average particle size is not more than the above upper limit, the dispersibility of the heat shielding particles is increased.


　上記「平均粒子径」は、体積平均粒子径を示す。平均粒子径は、粒度分布測定装置（日機装社製「ＵＰＡ－ＥＸ１５０」）等を用いて測定できる。
The “average particle diameter” indicates a volume average particle diameter. The average particle diameter can be measured using a particle size distribution measuring device (“UPA-EX150” manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.) or the like.


　上記遮熱粒子を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記遮熱粒子の含有量は、好ましくは０．０１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．１重量％以上、更に好ましくは１重量％以上、特に好ましくは１．５重量％以上である。上記遮熱粒子を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記遮熱粒子の含有量は、好ましくは６重量％以下、より好ましくは５．５重量％以下、更に好ましくは４重量％以下、特に好ましくは３．５重量％以下、最も好ましくは３重量％以下である。上記遮熱粒子の含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、遮熱性が充分に高くなり、かつ可視光線透過率が充分に高くなる。
In 100% by weight of the layer containing the heat shielding particles (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the heat shielding particles is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1%. % By weight or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 1.5% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the heat shielding particles (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the heat shielding particles is preferably 6% by weight or less, more preferably 5.5% by weight. Hereinafter, it is further preferably 4% by weight or less, particularly preferably 3.5% by weight or less, and most preferably 3% by weight or less. When the content of the heat shielding particles is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, the heat shielding property is sufficiently high and the visible light transmittance is sufficiently high.


　金属塩：

　上記第１の樹脂層は、アルカリ金属塩、アルカリ土類金属塩又はマグネシウム塩である金属塩（以下、金属塩Ｍと記載することがある）を含むことが好ましい。上記第２の樹脂層は、上記金属塩Ｍを含むことが好ましい。上記金属塩Ｍの使用により、樹脂層と赤外線反射層及び合わせガラス部材との接着性を制御することが容易になる。上記金属塩Ｍは、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
Metal salt:

The first resin layer preferably contains a metal salt (hereinafter sometimes referred to as metal salt M) which is an alkali metal salt, an alkaline earth metal salt or a magnesium salt. The second resin layer preferably contains the metal salt M. By using the metal salt M, it becomes easy to control the adhesion between the resin layer, the infrared reflective layer, and the laminated glass member. As for the said metal salt M, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記金属塩Ｍは、Ｌｉ、Ｎａ、Ｋ、Ｒｂ、Ｃｓ、Ｍｇ、Ｃａ、Ｓｒ又はＢａである金属を含むことが好ましい。樹脂層中に含まれている金属塩は、Ｋ又はＭｇを含むことが好ましい。
The metal salt M preferably contains a metal that is Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Mg, Ca, Sr, or Ba. The metal salt contained in the resin layer preferably contains K or Mg.


　また、上記金属塩Ｍは、炭素数２～１６の有機酸のアルカリ金属塩、炭素数２～１６の有機酸のアルカリ土類金属塩又は炭素数２～１６の有機酸のマグネシウム塩であることがより好ましく、炭素数２～１６のカルボン酸マグネシウム塩又は炭素数２～１６のカルボン酸カリウム塩であることが更に好ましい。
The metal salt M is an alkali metal salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms, an alkaline earth metal salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms, or a magnesium salt of an organic acid having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably a carboxylic acid magnesium salt having 2 to 16 carbon atoms or a carboxylic acid potassium salt having 2 to 16 carbon atoms.


　上記炭素数２～１６のカルボン酸マグネシウム塩及び上記炭素数２～１６のカルボン酸カリウム塩としては、酢酸マグネシウム、酢酸カリウム、プロピオン酸マグネシウム、プロピオン酸カリウム、２－エチル酪酸マグネシウム、２－エチルブタン酸カリウム、２－エチルヘキサン酸マグネシウム及び２－エチルヘキサン酸カリウム等が挙げられる。
Examples of the C 2-16 carboxylic acid magnesium salt and the C 2-16 carboxylic acid potassium salt include magnesium acetate, potassium acetate, magnesium propionate, potassium propionate, magnesium 2-ethylbutyrate, 2-ethylbutanoic acid. Examples include potassium, magnesium 2-ethylhexanoate, and potassium 2-ethylhexanoate.


　上記金属塩Ｍを含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）におけるＭｇ及びＫの含有量の合計は、好ましくは５ｐｐｍ以上、より好ましくは１０ｐｐｍ以上、更に好ましくは２０ｐｐｍ以上、好ましくは３００ｐｐｍ以下、より好ましくは２５０ｐｐｍ以下、更に好ましくは２００ｐｐｍ以下である。Ｍｇ及びＫの含有量の合計が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、樹脂層と赤外線反射層及び合わせガラス部材との接着性をより一層良好に制御できる。
The total content of Mg and K in the layer containing the metal salt M (first resin layer or second resin layer) is preferably 5 ppm or more, more preferably 10 ppm or more, still more preferably 20 ppm or more, preferably Is 300 ppm or less, more preferably 250 ppm or less, still more preferably 200 ppm or less. When the total content of Mg and K is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, the adhesion between the resin layer, the infrared reflecting layer, and the laminated glass member can be controlled even better.


　紫外線遮蔽剤：

　上記第１の樹脂層は、紫外線遮蔽剤を含むことが好ましい。上記第２の樹脂層は、紫外線遮蔽剤を含むことが好ましい。紫外線遮蔽剤の使用により、合わせガラスが長期間使用されても、可視光線透過率がより一層低下し難くなる。上記紫外線遮蔽剤は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
UV screening agent:

The first resin layer preferably contains an ultraviolet shielding agent. The second resin layer preferably contains an ultraviolet shielding agent. By using the ultraviolet shielding agent, even when the laminated glass is used for a long period of time, the visible light transmittance is further hardly lowered. As for the said ultraviolet shielding agent, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記紫外線遮蔽剤には、紫外線吸収剤が含まれる。上記紫外線遮蔽剤は、紫外線吸収剤であることが好ましい。
The ultraviolet shielding agent includes an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet absorber.


　上記紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、金属原子を含む紫外線遮蔽剤、金属酸化物を含む紫外線遮蔽剤、ベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（ベンゾトリアゾール化合物）、ベンゾフェノン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（ベンゾフェノン化合物）、トリアジン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（トリアジン化合物）、マロン酸エステル構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（マロン酸エステル化合物）、シュウ酸アニリド構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（シュウ酸アニリド化合物）及びベンゾエート構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤（ベンゾエート化合物）等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent include an ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal atom, an ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal oxide, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure (benzotriazole compound), and an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure (benzophenone compound). ), UV screening agent having triazine structure (triazine compound), UV screening agent having malonate ester structure (malonic acid ester compound), UV screening agent having oxalic acid anilide structure (oxalic acid anilide compound) and benzoate structure Examples thereof include an ultraviolet shielding agent (benzoate compound).


　上記金属原子を含む紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、白金粒子、白金粒子の表面をシリカで被覆した粒子、パラジウム粒子及びパラジウム粒子の表面をシリカで被覆した粒子等が挙げられる。紫外線遮蔽剤は、遮熱粒子ではないことが好ましい。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent containing a metal atom include platinum particles, particles in which the surface of the platinum particles is coated with silica, palladium particles, particles in which the surface of the palladium particles is coated with silica, and the like. The ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably not a heat shielding particle.


　上記紫外線遮蔽剤は、好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤、ベンゾフェノン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤、トリアジン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤又はベンゾエート構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤である。上記紫外線遮蔽剤は、より好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤又はベンゾフェノン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤であり、更に好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤である。
The ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure, an ultraviolet shielding agent having a triazine structure, or an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzoate structure. The ultraviolet shielding agent is more preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure or an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzophenone structure, and more preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure.


　上記金属酸化物を含む紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、酸化亜鉛、酸化チタン及び酸化セリウム等が挙げられる。さらに、上記金属酸化物を含む紫外線遮蔽剤に関して、表面が被覆されていてもよい。上記金属酸化物を含む紫外線遮蔽剤の表面の被覆材料としては、絶縁性金属酸化物、加水分解性有機ケイ素化合物及びシリコーン化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent containing the metal oxide include zinc oxide, titanium oxide, and cerium oxide. Furthermore, the surface may be coat | covered regarding the ultraviolet-ray shielding agent containing the said metal oxide. Examples of the coating material on the surface of the ultraviolet shielding agent containing the metal oxide include insulating metal oxides, hydrolyzable organosilicon compounds, and silicone compounds.


　上記絶縁性金属酸化物としては、シリカ、アルミナ及びジルコニア等が挙げられる。上記絶縁性金属酸化物は、例えば５．０ｅＶ以上のバンドギャップエネルギーを有する。
Examples of the insulating metal oxide include silica, alumina and zirconia. The insulating metal oxide has a band gap energy of 5.0 eV or more, for example.


　上記ベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－５’－メチルフェニル）ベンゾトリアゾール（ＢＡＳＦ社製「ＴｉｎｕｖｉｎＰ」）、２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’，５’－ジ－ｔ－ブチルフェニル）ベンゾトリアゾール（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２０」）、２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’－ｔ－ブチル－５－メチルフェニル）－５－クロロベンゾトリアゾール（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６」）、及び２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’，５’－ジ－アミルフェニル）ベンゾトリアゾール（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２８」）等が挙げられる。紫外線を遮蔽する性能に優れることから、上記紫外線遮蔽剤は、ハロゲン原子を含むベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤であることが好ましく、塩素原子を含むベンゾトリアゾール構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the ultraviolet screening agent having the benzotriazole structure include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole (“TinvinP” manufactured by BASF), 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-t-butylphenyl) benzotriazole (“Tinvin 320” manufactured by BASF), 2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole (BASF) And “Tinuvin 326” manufactured by BASF, etc.) and the like. Since the performance of shielding ultraviolet rays is excellent, the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure containing a halogen atom, and may be an ultraviolet shielding agent having a benzotriazole structure containing a chlorine atom. More preferred.


　上記ベンゾフェノン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、オクタベンゾン（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｃｈｉｍａｓｓｏｒｂ８１」）等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the benzophenone structure include octabenzone (“Chimasorb 81” manufactured by BASF).


　上記トリアジン構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、ＡＤＥＫＡ社製「ＬＡ－Ｆ７０」及び２－（４，６－ジフェニル－１，３，５－トリアジン－２－イル）－５－［（ヘキシル）オキシ］－フェノール（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ１５７７ＦＦ」）等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the triazine structure include “LA-F70” manufactured by ADEKA and 2- (4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -5-[(hexyl). Oxy] -phenol (“Tinuvin 1577FF” manufactured by BASF) and the like.


　上記マロン酸エステル構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、２－（ｐ－メトキシベンジリデン）マロン酸ジメチル、テトラエチル－２，２－（１，４－フェニレンジメチリデン）ビスマロネート、２－（ｐ－メトキシベンジリデン）－ビス（１，２，２，６，６－ペンタメチル４－ピペリジニル）マロネート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the UV screening agent having a malonic ester structure include dimethyl 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene) malonate, tetraethyl-2,2- (1,4-phenylenedimethylidene) bismalonate, and 2- (p-methoxybenzylidene). -Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl 4-piperidinyl) malonate and the like.


　上記マロン酸エステル構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤の市販品としては、Ｈｏｓｔａｖｉｎ　Ｂ－ＣＡＰ、Ｈｏｓｔａｖｉｎ　ＰＲ－２５、Ｈｏｓｔａｖｉｎ　ＰＲ－３１（いずれもクラリアント社製）が挙げられる。
Examples of commercially available ultraviolet screening agents having the malonic ester structure include Hostavin B-CAP, Hostavin PR-25, and Hostavin PR-31 (all manufactured by Clariant).


　上記シュウ酸アニリド構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、Ｎ－（２－エチルフェニル）－Ｎ’－（２－エトキシ－５－ｔ－ブチルフェニル）シュウ酸ジアミド、Ｎ－（２－エチルフェニル）－Ｎ’－（２－エトキシ－フェニル）シュウ酸ジアミド、２－エチル－２’－エトキシ－オキサルアニリド（クラリアント社製「ＳａｎｄｕｖｏｒＶＳＵ」）などの窒素原子上に置換されたアリール基などを有するシュウ酸ジアミド類が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the oxalic anilide structure include N- (2-ethylphenyl) -N ′-(2-ethoxy-5-tert-butylphenyl) oxalic acid diamide, N- (2-ethylphenyl)- Oxalic acid having an aryl group substituted on the nitrogen atom, such as N ′-(2-ethoxy-phenyl) oxalic acid diamide, 2-ethyl-2′-ethoxy-oxalanilide (“Sanduvor VSU” manufactured by Clariant) And diamides.


　上記ベンゾエート構造を有する紫外線遮蔽剤としては、例えば、２，４－ジ－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェニル－３，５－ジ－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル－４－ヒドロキシベンゾエート（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ１２０」）等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ultraviolet shielding agent having the benzoate structure include 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate (“Tinuvin 120” manufactured by BASF). .


　上記紫外線遮蔽剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記紫外線遮蔽剤の含有量は、好ましくは０．１重量％以上、より好ましくは０．２重量％以上、更に好ましくは０．３重量％以上、特に好ましくは０．５重量％以上である。上記紫外線遮蔽剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記紫外線遮蔽剤の含有量は、好ましくは２．５重量％以下、より好ましくは２重量％以下、更に好ましくは１重量％以下、特に好ましくは０．８重量％以下である。上記紫外線遮蔽剤の含有量が上記下限以上及び上記上限以下であると、期間経過後の可視光線透過率の低下がより一層抑制される。特に、上記紫外線遮蔽剤を含む層１００重量％中、上記紫外線遮蔽剤の含有量が０．２重量％以上であることにより、合わせガラスの期間経過後の可視光線透過率の低下を顕著に抑制できる。
In 100% by weight of the layer containing the ultraviolet shielding agent (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 0.2%. % By weight or more, more preferably 0.3% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by weight or more. In 100% by weight of the layer containing the ultraviolet shielding agent (first resin layer or second resin layer), the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is preferably 2.5% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 1% by weight or less, particularly preferably 0.8% by weight or less. When the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is not less than the above lower limit and not more than the above upper limit, a decrease in visible light transmittance after a lapse of time is further suppressed. In particular, in 100% by weight of the layer containing the ultraviolet shielding agent, the content of the ultraviolet shielding agent is 0.2% by weight or more, so that a decrease in visible light transmittance after a lapse of the laminated glass period is remarkably suppressed. it can.


　酸化防止剤：

　上記第１の樹脂層は、酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましい。上記第２の樹脂層は、酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましい。上記酸化防止剤は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
Antioxidant:

The first resin layer preferably contains an antioxidant. The second resin layer preferably contains an antioxidant. As for the said antioxidant, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　上記酸化防止剤としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤及びリン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられる。上記フェノール系酸化防止剤はフェノール骨格を有する酸化防止剤である。上記硫黄系酸化防止剤は硫黄原子を含有する酸化防止剤である。上記リン系酸化防止剤はリン原子を含有する酸化防止剤である。
Examples of the antioxidant include phenol-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and phosphorus-based antioxidants. The phenolic antioxidant is an antioxidant having a phenol skeleton. The sulfur-based antioxidant is an antioxidant containing a sulfur atom. The phosphorus antioxidant is an antioxidant containing a phosphorus atom.


　上記酸化防止剤は、フェノール系酸化防止剤又はリン系酸化防止剤であることが好ましい。
The antioxidant is preferably a phenolic antioxidant or a phosphorus antioxidant.


　上記フェノール系酸化防止剤としては、２，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－ｐ－クレゾール（ＢＨＴ）、ブチルヒドロキシアニソール（ＢＨＡ）、２，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－４－エチルフェノール、ステアリル－β－（３，５－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－４－ヒドロキシフェニル）プロピオネート、２，２’－メチレンビス－（４－メチル－６－ブチルフェノール）、２，２’－メチレンビス－（４－エチル－６－ｔ－ブチルフェノール）、４，４’－ブチリデン－ビス－（３－メチル－６－ｔ－ブチルフェノール）、１，１，３－トリス－（２－メチル－ヒドロキシ－５－ｔ－ブチルフェニル）ブタン、テトラキス［メチレン－３－（３’，５’－ブチル－４－ヒドロキシフェニル）プロピオネート］メタン、１，３，３－トリス－（２－メチル－４－ヒドロキシ－５－ｔ－ブチルフェノール）ブタン、１，３，５－トリメチル－２，４，６－トリス（３，５－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－４－ヒドロキシベンジル）ベンゼン、ビス（３，３’－ｔ－ブチルフェノール）ブチリックアッシドグリコールエステル及びビス（３－ｔ－ブチル－４－ヒドロキシ－５－メチルベンゼンプロパン酸）エチレンビス（オキシエチレン）等が挙げられる。これらの酸化防止剤の内の１種又は２種以上が好適に用いられる。
Examples of the phenolic antioxidant include 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol (BHT), butylhydroxyanisole (BHA), 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-ethylphenol, stearyl- β- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 2,2′-methylenebis- (4-methyl-6-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis- (4-ethyl-6) -T-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylidene-bis- (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 1,1,3-tris- (2-methyl-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl) butane Tetrakis [methylene-3- (3 ′, 5′-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] methane, 1,3,3-tris- (2-methyl-4-hydroxy-) 5-t-butylphenol) butane, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, bis (3,3′-t- Examples thereof include butylphenol) butyric acid glycol ester and bis (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzenepropanoic acid) ethylene bis (oxyethylene). One or more of these antioxidants are preferably used.


　上記リン系酸化防止剤としては、トリデシルホスファイト、トリス（トリデシル）ホスファイト、トリフェニルホスファイト、トリノニルフェニルホスファイト、ビス（トリデシル）ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス（デシル）ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、トリス（２，４－ジ－ｔ－ブチルフェニル）ホスファイト、ビス（２，４－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－６－メチルフェニル）エチルエステル亜リン酸、及び２，２’－メチレンビス（４，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－１－フェニルオキシ）（２－エチルヘキシルオキシ）ホスホラス等が挙げられる。これらの酸化防止剤の内の１種又は２種以上が好適に用いられる。
Examples of the phosphorus antioxidant include tridecyl phosphite, tris (tridecyl) phosphite, triphenyl phosphite, trinonylphenyl phosphite, bis (tridecyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis (decyl) pentaerythritol diphos. Phyto, tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis (2,4-di-t-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl ester phosphorous acid, and 2,2′-methylenebis (4 , 6-di-t-butyl-1-phenyloxy) (2-ethylhexyloxy) phosphorus and the like. One or more of these antioxidants are preferably used.


　上記酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えばＢＡＳＦ社製「ＩＲＧＡＮＯＸ　２４５」、ＢＡＳＦ社製「ＩＲＧＡＦＯＳ　１６８」、ＢＡＳＦ社製「ＩＲＧＡＦＯＳ　３８」、住友化学工業社製「スミライザーＢＨＴ」、堺化学工業社製「Ｈ－ＢＨＴ」、並びにＢＡＳＦ社製「ＩＲＧＡＮＯＸ　１０１０」等が挙げられる。
Examples of commercially available antioxidants include “IRGANOX 245” manufactured by BASF, “IRGAFOS 168” manufactured by BASF, “IRGAFOS 38” manufactured by BASF, “Smilizer BHT” manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., and Sakai Chemical Industry Examples thereof include “H-BHT” and “IRGANOX 1010” manufactured by BASF.


　合わせガラスの高い可視光線透過率を長期間に渡り維持するために、上記酸化防止剤を含む層（第１の樹脂層、又は第２の樹脂層）１００重量％中、上記酸化防止剤の含有量は０．１重量％以上であることが好ましい。また、上記酸化防止剤を含む層１００重量％中、上記酸化防止剤の含有量は２重量％以下であることが好ましい。
In order to maintain the high visible light transmittance of the laminated glass for a long period of time, the antioxidant is contained in 100% by weight of the layer containing the antioxidant (first resin layer or second resin layer). The amount is preferably 0.1% by weight or more. Moreover, it is preferable that content of the said antioxidant is 2 weight% or less in 100 weight% of layers containing the said antioxidant.


　他の成分：

　上記第１の樹脂層及び上記第２の樹脂層はそれぞれ、必要に応じて、カップリング剤、分散剤、界面活性剤、難燃剤、帯電防止剤、顔料、染料、金属塩以外の接着力調整剤、耐湿剤、蛍光増白剤及び赤外線吸収剤等の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。これらの添加剤は、１種のみが用いられてもよく、２種以上が併用されてもよい。
Other ingredients:

The first resin layer and the second resin layer are respectively adjusted for adhesive strength other than coupling agents, dispersants, surfactants, flame retardants, antistatic agents, pigments, dyes, and metal salts as necessary. Additives such as an agent, a moisture-proofing agent, a fluorescent brightening agent and an infrared absorber may be included. As for these additives, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.


　（第１，第２の合わせガラス部材）

　上記第１，第２の合わせガラス部材としては、ガラス板及びＰＥＴ（ポリエチレンテレフタレート）フィルム等が挙げられる。上記合わせガラスには、２枚のガラス板の間に中間層が挟み込まれている合わせガラスだけでなく、ガラス板とＰＥＴフィルム等との間に中間層が挟み込まれている合わせガラスも含まれる。合わせガラスは、ガラス板を備えた積層体であり、少なくとも１枚のガラス板が用いられていることが好ましい。上記第１，第２の合わせガラス部材がそれぞれガラス板又はＰＥＴ（ポリエチレンテレフタレート）フィルムであり、かつ上記合わせガラスが、上記第１，第２の合わせガラス部材として、少なくとも１枚のガラス板を含むことが好ましい。上記第１，第２の合わせガラス部材の双方がガラス板であることが特に好ましい。
(First and second laminated glass members)

Examples of the first and second laminated glass members include glass plates and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) films. The laminated glass includes not only laminated glass in which an intermediate layer is sandwiched between two glass plates, but also laminated glass in which an intermediate layer is sandwiched between a glass plate and a PET film or the like. Laminated glass is a laminated body provided with a glass plate, and preferably at least one glass plate is used. Each of the first and second laminated glass members is a glass plate or a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film, and the laminated glass includes at least one glass plate as the first and second laminated glass members. It is preferable. It is particularly preferable that both the first and second laminated glass members are glass plates.


　上記ガラス板としては、無機ガラス及び有機ガラスが挙げられる。上記無機ガラスとしては、フロート板ガラス、熱線吸収板ガラス、熱線反射板ガラス、磨き板ガラス、型板ガラス、網入り板ガラス、線入り板ガラス及びグリーンガラス等が挙げられる。上記有機ガラスは、無機ガラスに代わる合成樹脂ガラスである。上記有機ガラスとしては、ポリカーボネート板及びポリ（メタ）アクリル樹脂板等が挙げられる。上記ポリ（メタ）アクリル樹脂板としては、ポリメチル（メタ）アクリレート板等が挙げられる。
Examples of the glass plate include inorganic glass and organic glass. Examples of the inorganic glass include float plate glass, heat ray absorbing plate glass, heat ray reflecting plate glass, polished plate glass, mold plate glass, mesh plate glass, wire plate glass, and green glass. The organic glass is a synthetic resin glass that replaces the inorganic glass. Examples of the organic glass include polycarbonate plates and poly (meth) acrylic resin plates. Examples of the poly (meth) acrylic resin plate include a polymethyl (meth) acrylate plate.


　上記第１の合わせガラス部材及び上記第２の合わせガラス部材はそれぞれ、クリアガラス又は熱線吸収板ガラスであることが好ましい。赤外線透過率が高く、合わせガラスの遮熱性がより一層高くなることから、上記第１の合わせガラス部材は、クリアガラスであることが好ましい。赤外線透過率が低く、合わせガラスの遮熱性がより一層高くなることから、上記第２の合わせガラス部材は、熱線吸収板ガラスであることが好ましい。熱線吸収板ガラスは、グリーンガラスであることが好ましい。上記第１の合わせガラス部材が、クリアガラスであり、かつ上記第２の合わせガラス部材が熱線吸収板ガラスであることが好ましい。上記熱線吸収板ガラスは、ＪＩＳ　Ｒ３２０８に準拠した熱線吸収板ガラスである。
The first laminated glass member and the second laminated glass member are each preferably clear glass or heat ray absorbing plate glass. Since the infrared transmittance is high and the heat shielding property of the laminated glass is further enhanced, the first laminated glass member is preferably clear glass. Since the infrared transmittance is low and the heat shielding property of the laminated glass is further enhanced, the second laminated glass member is preferably a heat ray absorbing plate glass. The heat ray absorbing plate glass is preferably green glass. It is preferable that the first laminated glass member is clear glass and the second laminated glass member is a heat ray absorbing plate glass. The heat ray absorbing plate glass is a heat ray absorbing plate glass based on JIS R3208.


　（合わせガラスの使用方法、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム及びヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法）

　上記合わせガラスの使用時には、上記建築物又は上記車両において、上記第１の合わせガラス部材が、上記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ上記第２の合わせガラス部材が上記内部空間側に位置するように、上述した合わせガラスを前記開口部に取り付ける。
(Method for using laminated glass, head-up display system, and method for manufacturing head-up display system)

When the laminated glass is used, in the building or the vehicle, the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side, and the second laminated glass member is positioned on the internal space side. Thus, the laminated glass mentioned above is attached to the opening.


　具体的には、第１の合わせガラス部材が、外部空間側に位置するように、かつ第２の合わせガラス部材が、内部空間側に位置するように、合わせガラスを開口部に取り付ける。すなわち、外部空間／第１の合わせガラス部材／第１の樹脂層／赤外線反射層／（第２の樹脂層／）第２の合わせガラス部材／内部空間の順に配置されるように、合わせガラスを取り付ける。上記の配置形態には、外部空間と第１の合わせガラス部材との間に他の部材が配置されている場合が含まれ、内部空間と第２の合わせガラス部材との間に他の部材が配置されている場合が含まれる。
Specifically, the laminated glass is attached to the opening so that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side. That is, the laminated glass is arranged in the order of external space / first laminated glass member / first resin layer / infrared reflective layer / (second resin layer /) second laminated glass member / internal space. Install. The arrangement form includes a case where another member is disposed between the outer space and the first laminated glass member, and the other member is disposed between the inner space and the second laminated glass member. The case where it is arranged is included.


　ヘッドアップディプレイシステムは、上記合わせガラスと、画像表示用の光を前記合わせガラスに照射するための光源装置とを備える。上記光源装置は、例えば、建築物又は車両において、ダッシュボードに取り付けることができる。上記光源装置から、上記合わせガラスの上記表示領域に光を照射することで、画像表示を行うことができる。
The head-up display system includes the laminated glass and a light source device for irradiating the laminated glass with image display light. The light source device can be attached to a dashboard in a building or a vehicle, for example. Image display can be performed by irradiating the display area of the laminated glass with light from the light source device.


　上記建築物又は上記車両において、上記第１の合わせガラス部材が、上記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ上記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように、上述した合わせガラスを前記開口部に取り付ける工程を行うことで、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを製造することができる。上記合わせガラスは、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムに用いることができる合わせガラスであることが好ましい。
In the building or the vehicle, the laminated glass described above so that the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side. A head-up display system can be manufactured by performing the process of attaching to the opening. The laminated glass is preferably a laminated glass that can be used in a head-up display system.


　上記合わせガラスは、車のフロントガラスに好適に用いられる。上記合わせガラスは、車のフロントガラスに用いることができる合わせガラスであることが好ましい。
The laminated glass is suitably used for a windshield of a car. The laminated glass is preferably a laminated glass that can be used for a windshield of a car.


　以下に実施例及び比較例を掲げて本発明を更に詳しく説明する。本発明はこれら実施例のみに限定されない。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. The present invention is not limited to these examples.


　以下の材料を用意した。
The following materials were prepared.


　（熱可塑性樹脂）

　ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（ＰＶＢ、平均重合度１７００、水酸基の含有率３０．５モル％、アセチル化度１モル％、アセタール化度６８．５モル％）
(Thermoplastic resin)

Polyvinyl acetal resin (PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%)


　用いたポリビニルアセタール樹脂では、アセタール化に、炭素数４のｎ－ブチルアルデヒドが用いられている。ポリビニルアセタール樹脂に関しては、アセタール化度（ブチラール化度）、アセチル化度及び水酸基の含有率はＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠した方法により測定した。なお、ＡＳＴＭ　Ｄ１３９６－９２により測定した場合も、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ６７２８「ポリビニルブチラール試験方法」に準拠した方法と同様の数値を示した。
In the polyvinyl acetal resin used, n-butyraldehyde having 4 carbon atoms is used for acetalization. With respect to the polyvinyl acetal resin, the degree of acetalization (degree of butyralization), the degree of acetylation, and the hydroxyl group content were measured by a method based on JIS K6728 “Testing methods for polyvinyl butyral”. In addition, when measured according to ASTM D1396-92, the same numerical value as the method based on JIS K6728 “Testing method for polyvinyl butyral” was shown.


　（可塑剤）

　トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート（３ＧＯ）
(Plasticizer)

Triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO)


　（紫外線遮蔽剤）

　Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６（２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’－ｔ－ブチル－５－メチルフェニル）－５－クロロベンゾトリアゾール、ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６」）０．２重量部
(UV shielding agent)

Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF) 0.2 parts by weight


　（酸化防止剤）

　ＢＨＴ（２，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－ｐ－クレゾール）
(Antioxidant)

BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol)


　（着色剤）

　ＮＩＲ－４３Ｖ（成分Ｘ、フタロシアニン化合物、中心金属としてバナジウムを含有する、極大吸収波長７５５ｎｍ、山田化学社製「ＮＩＲ－４３Ｖ」）

　ＦＦ　ＩＲＳＯＲＢ　２０３（成分Ｘ、ナフタロシアニン化合物、極大吸収波長８５０ｎｍ、富士フイルム社製「ＦＦ　ＩＲＳＯＲＢ　２０３」）

　ＩＲ－９０６（成分Ｘ、フタロシアニン化合物、中心金属としてバナジウムを含有する、極大吸収波長９３０ｎｍ、日本触媒社製「イーエクスカラー９０６」）

　ＩＲ－９１５（成分Ｘ、フタロシアニン化合物、中心金属としてバナジウムを含有する、極大吸収波長９８０ｎｍ、日本触媒社製「イーエクスカラー９１５」）
(Coloring agent)

NIR-43V (component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 755 nm, “NIR-43V” manufactured by Yamada Chemical Co., Ltd.)

FF IRSORB 203 (component X, naphthalocyanine compound, maximum absorption wavelength 850 nm, “FF IRSORB 203” manufactured by Fuji Film)

IR-906 (component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 930 nm, “EEX Color 906” manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)

IR-915 (component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, maximum absorption wavelength 980 nm, “EEX Color 915” manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)


　以下の赤外線反射層を用意した。
The following infrared reflective layers were prepared.


　（赤外線反射層）

　Ｎａｎｏ９０Ｓ（３Ｍ、多層樹脂フィルム、住友スリーエム社製「マルチレイヤー　Ｎａｎｏ　９０Ｓ」）
(Infrared reflective layer)

Nano90S (3M, multilayer resin film, “Multilayer Nano 90S” manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited)


　以下の合わせガラス部材を用意した。
The following laminated glass members were prepared.


　（合わせガラス部材）

　クリアガラス（厚さ２．５ｍｍ）

　グリーンガラス（熱線吸収板ガラス、厚さ２ｍｍ）
(Laminated glass member)

Clear glass (thickness 2.5mm)

Green glass (heat ray absorbing plate glass, thickness 2mm)


　（実施例１）

　第１の樹脂層の作製：

　以下の成分を配合し、ミキシングロールで充分に混練し、第１の樹脂層を形成するための組成物を得た。
Example 1

Production of first resin layer:

The following components were blended and sufficiently kneaded with a mixing roll to obtain a composition for forming the first resin layer.


　ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（ＰＶＢ、平均重合度１７００、水酸基の含有率３０．５モル％、アセチル化度１モル％、アセタール化度６８．５モル％）１００重量部

　トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート（３ＧＯ）４０重量部

　得られる樹脂層中で０．２重量％となる量のＴｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６（２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’－ｔ－ブチル－５－メチルフェニル）－５－クロロベンゾトリアゾール、ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６」）

　得られる樹脂層中で０．２重量％となる量のＢＨＴ（２，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－ｐ－クレゾール）
100 parts by weight of polyvinyl acetal resin (PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%)

40 parts by weight of triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO)

Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, an amount of 0.2% by weight in the obtained resin layer, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF Corporation )

BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol) in an amount of 0.2% by weight in the resulting resin layer


　得られた第１の樹脂層を形成するための組成物を押出機により押出して、下記の表１に示す厚み及び楔角を有する第１の樹脂層を得た。
The composition for forming the obtained 1st resin layer was extruded with the extruder, and the 1st resin layer which has the thickness and wedge angle which are shown in following Table 1 was obtained.


　第２の樹脂層の作製：

　以下の成分を配合し、ミキシングロールで充分に混練し、第２の樹脂層を形成するための組成物を得た。
Production of second resin layer:

The following components were blended and sufficiently kneaded with a mixing roll to obtain a composition for forming the second resin layer.


　ポリビニルアセタール樹脂（ＰＶＢ、平均重合度１７００、水酸基の含有率３０．５モル％、アセチル化度１モル％、アセタール化度６８．５モル％）１００重量部

　トリエチレングリコールジ－２－エチルヘキサノエート（３ＧＯ）４０重量部

　得られる樹脂層中で０．００９重量％となる量のＮＩＲ－４３Ｖ（成分Ｘ、フタロシアニン化合物、中心金属としてバナジウムを含有する、山田化学社製「ＮＩＲ－４３Ｖ」）

　得られる樹脂層中で０．２重量％となる量のＴｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６（２－（２’－ヒドロキシ－３’－ｔ－ブチル－５－メチルフェニル）－５－クロロベンゾトリアゾール、ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｔｉｎｕｖｉｎ３２６」）

　得られる樹脂層中で０．２重量％となる量のＢＨＴ（２，６－ジ－ｔ－ブチル－ｐ－クレゾール）
100 parts by weight of polyvinyl acetal resin (PVB, average polymerization degree 1700, hydroxyl group content 30.5 mol%, acetylation degree 1 mol%, acetalization degree 68.5 mol%)

40 parts by weight of triethylene glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (3GO)

NIR-43V in an amount of 0.009% by weight in the resulting resin layer (component X, phthalocyanine compound, containing vanadium as a central metal, “NIR-43V” manufactured by Yamada Chemical Co., Ltd.)

Tinuvin 326 (2- (2′-hydroxy-3′-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, an amount of 0.2% by weight in the obtained resin layer, “Tinvin 326” manufactured by BASF Corporation )

BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol) in an amount of 0.2% by weight in the resulting resin layer


　得られた第２の樹脂層を形成するための組成物を押出機により押出して、第２の樹脂層を得た。第２の樹脂層は矩形であり、第２の樹脂層の厚みは、３８０μｍであった。また、得られた第２の樹脂層の全面に着色剤であるＮＩＲ－４３Ｖが均一に分散していた。
The composition for forming the obtained 2nd resin layer was extruded with the extruder, and the 2nd resin layer was obtained. The second resin layer was rectangular, and the thickness of the second resin layer was 380 μm. Further, the colorant NIR-43V was uniformly dispersed over the entire surface of the obtained second resin layer.


　赤外線反射層、第１，第２の合わせガラス部材の準備：

　赤外線反射層として、Ｎａｎｏ９０Ｓ（３Ｍ、多層樹脂フィルム、住友スリーエム社製「マルチレイヤー　Ｎａｎｏ　９０Ｓ」）

を用意した。
Preparation of infrared reflection layer and first and second laminated glass members:

As an infrared reflective layer, Nano90S (3M, multilayer resin film, “Multilayer Nano 90S” manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited)

Prepared.


　第１の合わせガラス部材として、クリアガラス（厚さ２．５ｍｍ、大きさ縦１．０ｍ×横１．０ｍ）を用意した。
As a first laminated glass member, clear glass (thickness 2.5 mm, size length 1.0 m × width 1.0 m) was prepared.


　第２の合わせガラス部材として、グリーンガラス（熱線吸収板ガラス、厚さ２ｍｍ、大きさ縦１．０ｍ×横１．０ｍ）を用意した。
Green glass (heat ray absorbing plate glass, thickness 2 mm, size length 1.0 m × width 1.0 m) was prepared as the second laminated glass member.


　合わせガラスの作製：

　第１の合わせガラス部材と、第１の樹脂層と、赤外線反射層と、第２の樹脂層と、第２の合わせガラス部材とをこの順で積層して、合わせガラスを得た。第１の合わせガラス部材と、第１の樹脂層との第１の積層体の楔角は、第１の樹脂層の楔角と同じであった。また、第２の樹脂層の全面に着色剤であるＮＩＲ－４３Ｖが均一に分散しているため、第１の樹脂層、赤外線反射層及び第２の樹脂層で構成される合わせガラス用中間膜、及び、得られた合わせガラスは全面に渡って着色剤を有しており、厚みの薄い一端より４０ｍｍ～１６０ｍｍの範囲を表示対応領域とした。従って、得られた合わせガラス用中間膜及び合わせガラスは表示対応領域に着色剤を有していた。
Laminated glass production:

The 1st laminated glass member, the 1st resin layer, the infrared reflective layer, the 2nd resin layer, and the 2nd laminated glass member were laminated in this order, and laminated glass was obtained. The wedge angle of the first laminate of the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer was the same as the wedge angle of the first resin layer. Further, since NIR-43V, which is a colorant, is uniformly dispersed on the entire surface of the second resin layer, an interlayer film for laminated glass composed of the first resin layer, the infrared reflecting layer, and the second resin layer And the obtained laminated glass has a colorant over the entire surface, and the range corresponding to 40 mm to 160 mm from the one end where the thickness is thin was set as the display corresponding region. Therefore, the obtained interlayer film for laminated glass and laminated glass had a colorant in the display corresponding region.


　（実施例２～８及び比較例１～３）

　中間膜の構成を下記の表１～３に示すように変更したこと以外は、実施例１と同様にして、合わせガラスを得た。
(Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3)

A laminated glass was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structure of the interlayer film was changed as shown in Tables 1 to 3 below.


　比較例１，２では、着色剤を用いなかった。比較例１では、中間膜を楔状にしなかった。なお、実施例２～８及び比較例１～３では、第１，第２の樹脂層において、実施例１と同様の紫外線遮蔽剤及び酸化防止剤を、実施例１と同様の樹脂層中での配合量で配合した。着色剤は、得られる樹脂層１００重量％で、下記の表１～３に示す配合量で配合した。
In Comparative Examples 1 and 2, no colorant was used. In Comparative Example 1, the interlayer film was not wedged. In Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, in the first and second resin layers, the same ultraviolet shielding agent and antioxidant as in Example 1 were used in the same resin layer as in Example 1. It mix | blended with the compounding quantity of. The colorant was blended in the blending amounts shown in Tables 1 to 3 below at 100% by weight of the resulting resin layer.


　（評価）

　（１）多重像

　中間膜の一端が下となるように、得られた合わせガラスをフロントガラスの位置に設置した。合わせガラスの下方に設置した表示ユニットから表示情報を合わせガラスに反射させ、所定の位置で多重像の有無を目視で確認した。なお、表示情報には、多重像の抑制効果を評価するために、太い線部分と細い線部分とが含まれるようにした。多重像を下記の基準で判定した。
(Evaluation)

(1) Multiple images

The obtained laminated glass was placed at the position of the windshield so that one end of the interlayer film was on the bottom. Display information was reflected from the display unit installed below the laminated glass to the laminated glass, and the presence or absence of multiple images was visually confirmed at a predetermined position. Note that the display information includes a thick line portion and a thin line portion in order to evaluate the suppression effect of multiple images. Multiple images were judged according to the following criteria.


　［多重像の判定基準］

　〇〇：多重像が完全に確認されず、かつ太い線部分の像及び細い線部分の像の双方が鮮明に表示される

　〇：多重像が確認されず、かつ太い線部分の像は鮮明に表示されるが、細い線の像の鮮明性がわずかに劣る（実使用可能）

　×：多重像が確認される
[Multiple image criteria]

○○: Multiple images are not completely confirmed, and both thick and thin line images are clearly displayed.

○: Multiple images are not confirmed, and the image of the thick line portion is clearly displayed, but the sharpness of the image of the thin line is slightly inferior (actual use is possible)

×: Multiple images confirmed


　詳細及び結果を下記の表１～３に示す。なお、表中、紫外線遮蔽剤及び酸化防止剤の記載は省略した。
Details and results are shown in Tables 1 to 3 below. In the table, the description of the ultraviolet shielding agent and the antioxidant was omitted.


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004


　１，１Ａ…第１の合わせガラス部材

　２，２Ａ…第１の樹脂層

　３，３Ａ…赤外線反射層

　４，４Ａ…第２の樹脂層

　５，５Ａ…第２の合わせガラス部材

　１０，１０Ａ…中間膜

　１０ａ…一端

　１０ｂ…他端

　１１，１１Ａ…合わせガラス

　１１ａ…一端

　１１ｂ…他端

　Ｒ１…表示領域

　Ｒ２…周囲領域

　Ｒ３…シェード領域
1, 1A ... 1st laminated glass member

2, 2A ... 1st resin layer

3, 3A ... Infrared reflective layer

4, 4A ... second resin layer

5,5A ... Second laminated glass member

10, 10A ... intermediate film

10a ... one end

10b ... the other end

11, 11A ... Laminated glass

11a ... one end

11b ... the other end

R1 ... display area

R2 ... Surrounding area

R3: Shade area

Claims (13)


　ヘッドアップディスプレイである合わせガラスに用いられる合わせガラス用中間膜であり、

　前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有し、

　赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有し、

　前記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に前記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、前記赤外線反射層の前記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に前記第２の樹脂層が配置されており、

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む、合わせガラス用中間膜。
It is an interlayer film for laminated glass used for laminated glass that is a head-up display,

A display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display;

An infrared reflection layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin;

The first resin layer is disposed on a first surface side of the infrared reflective layer, and the second resin layer is disposed on a second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflective layer. Has been placed,

At least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more,

An interlayer film for laminated glass, wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region.

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層の双方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する、請求項１に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The interlayer film for laminated glass according to claim 1, wherein both the first resin layer and the second resin layer have a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層の一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、他方が０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する、請求項１に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The intermediate for laminated glass according to claim 1, wherein one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more and the other has a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad. film.

　０．１ｍｒａｄ未満の楔角を有する樹脂層が、前記着色剤を含む、請求項３に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The interlayer film for laminated glass according to claim 3, wherein a resin layer having a wedge angle of less than 0.1 mrad contains the colorant.

　前記着色剤が、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物又はアントラシアニン化合物である、請求項１～４のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The interlayer film for laminated glass according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the colorant is a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, or an anthracocyanine compound.

　前記第１の樹脂層中の前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂であり、

　前記第２の樹脂層中の前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂である、請求項１～５のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The thermoplastic resin in the first resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin;

The interlayer film for laminated glass according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the thermoplastic resin in the second resin layer is a polyvinyl acetal resin.

　前記第１の樹脂層が可塑剤を含み、

　前記第２の樹脂層が可塑剤を含む、請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜。
The first resin layer includes a plasticizer;

The interlayer film for laminated glass according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the second resin layer contains a plasticizer.

　第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス用中間膜とを備え、

　前記第１の樹脂層の外側に前記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、前記第２の樹脂層の外側に前記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されている、合わせガラス。
A first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and the interlayer film for laminated glass according to any one of claims 1 to 7,

Laminated glass in which the first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer.

　ヘッドアップディスプレイであり、

　前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの表示領域を有し、

　第１の合わせガラス部材と、第２の合わせガラス部材と、中間膜とを備え、

　前記中間膜は、前記ヘッドアップディスプレイの前記表示領域に対応した表示対応領域を有し、

　前記中間膜は、赤外線反射層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第１の樹脂層と、熱可塑性樹脂を含む第２の樹脂層とを有し、

　前記赤外線反射層の第１の表面側に前記第１の樹脂層が配置されており、前記赤外線反射層の前記第１の表面とは反対の第２の表面側に前記第２の樹脂層が配置されており、

　前記第１の樹脂層の外側に前記第１の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、前記第２の樹脂層の外側に前記第２の合わせガラス部材が配置されており、

　前記第１の合わせガラス部材と前記第１の樹脂層との第１の積層体及び前記第２の樹脂層と前記第２の合わせガラス部材との積層体のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有し、

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む、合わせガラス。
A head-up display,

A display area of the head-up display;

A first laminated glass member, a second laminated glass member, and an interlayer film;

The intermediate film has a display corresponding area corresponding to the display area of the head-up display,

The intermediate film has an infrared reflecting layer, a first resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a second resin layer containing a thermoplastic resin,

The first resin layer is disposed on a first surface side of the infrared reflective layer, and the second resin layer is disposed on a second surface side opposite to the first surface of the infrared reflective layer. Has been placed,

The first laminated glass member is disposed outside the first resin layer, and the second laminated glass member is disposed outside the second resin layer;

At least one of the first laminated body of the first laminated glass member and the first resin layer and the laminated body of the second resin layer and the second laminated glass member is 0.1 mrad. Having the above wedge angle,

Laminated glass in which at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer includes a colorant in the display corresponding region.

　前記第１の樹脂層及び前記第２の樹脂層のうちの少なくとも一方が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する、請求項９に記載の合わせガラス。
The laminated glass according to claim 9, wherein at least one of the first resin layer and the second resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.

　車両において、外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部に、前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように取り付けられる合わせガラスであり、

　前記第１の樹脂層が、０．１ｍｒａｄ以上の楔角を有する、請求項８～１０のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス。
In the vehicle, in the opening between the external space and the internal space where heat rays are incident from the external space, the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side and the second laminated glass A laminated glass attached so that the glass member is located on the inner space side,

The laminated glass according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the first resin layer has a wedge angle of 0.1 mrad or more.

　車両において、外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部に、前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように取り付けられる合わせガラスであり、

　前記第２の樹脂層が、前記表示対応領域にて、着色剤を含む、請求項８～１１のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラス。
In the vehicle, in the opening between the external space and the internal space where heat rays are incident from the external space, the first laminated glass member is positioned on the external space side and the second laminated glass A laminated glass attached so that the glass member is located on the inner space side,

The laminated glass according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the second resin layer contains a colorant in the display corresponding region.

　外部空間と前記外部空間から熱線が入射される内部空間との間の開口部と、画像表示用の光を前記合わせガラスに照射するための光源装置とを有する建築物又は車両にて、

　前記第１の合わせガラス部材が、前記外部空間側に位置するように、かつ前記第２の合わせガラス部材が前記内部空間側に位置するように、請求項８～１２のいずれか１項に記載の合わせガラスを前記開口部に取り付ける工程を備える、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの製造方法。
In a building or vehicle having an opening between an external space and an internal space where heat rays are incident from the external space, and a light source device for irradiating the laminated glass with light for image display,

13. The method according to claim 8, wherein the first laminated glass member is located on the outer space side, and the second laminated glass member is located on the inner space side. The manufacturing method of a head-up display system provided with the process of attaching the laminated glass of this to the said opening part.
PCT/JP2019/013952 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Intermediate film for laminated glasses, laminated glass, and method for manufacturing head up display system Ceased WO2019189741A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/971,535 US11958270B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Intermediate film for laminated glasses, laminated glass, and method for manufacturing head up display system
MX2020010146A MX2020010146A (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 INTERMEDIATE FILM FOR LAMINATED GLASS, LAMINATED GLASS AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A FRONT VIEW SCREEN SYSTEM.
CN201980023001.9A CN111918850B (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Interlayer film for laminated glass, laminated glass, and method for producing head-up display system
EP19777042.3A EP3778517A4 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 INTERMEDIATE FILM FOR LAMINATED GLASS, LAMINATED GLASS AND HEAD-UP DISPLAY SYSTEM MANUFACTURING PROCESS
JP2020511079A JPWO2019189741A1 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Manufacturing method of interlayer film for laminated glass, laminated glass and head-up display system
KR1020207025565A KR20200138191A (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Manufacturing method of interlayer for laminated glass, laminated glass and head-up display system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-065771 2018-03-29
JP2018065771 2018-03-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019189741A1 true WO2019189741A1 (en) 2019-10-03

Family

ID=68062299

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/013952 Ceased WO2019189741A1 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-03-29 Intermediate film for laminated glasses, laminated glass, and method for manufacturing head up display system

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US11958270B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3778517A4 (en)
JP (1) JPWO2019189741A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20200138191A (en)
CN (1) CN111918850B (en)
MX (1) MX2020010146A (en)
TW (1) TWI829682B (en)
WO (1) WO2019189741A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021204550A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Saint-Gobain Glass France Colored thermoplastic intermediate layer with wedge-shaped cross-section
WO2021204551A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Saint-Gobain Glass France Multilayer coloured intermediate layer having a wedge-shaped cross section
WO2023200013A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for laminated glass and method for producing same, and laminated glass and method for producing same
WO2024034436A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 積水化学工業株式会社 Intermediate film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
WO2024204469A1 (en) * 2023-03-31 2024-10-03 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
WO2024247929A1 (en) * 2023-05-26 2024-12-05 株式会社クラレ Polyvinyl acetal resin film, film laminate, laminate and method for producing same, glazing material, and head-up display device

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX2022006271A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-06-08 Solutia Inc INTERMEDIATE LAYER OF MULTIPLE LAYERS IN THE SHAPE OF A WEDGE WITH EXTERIOR FILM LAYERS OF VARIABLE THICKNESS.
CN117580707A (en) * 2021-06-25 2024-02-20 首诺公司 Infrared reflective composite interlayer
KR20240066271A (en) 2021-10-08 2024-05-14 푸야오 글라스 인더스트리 그룹 컴퍼니 리미티드 Laminated glass and head-up display systems
CN116141775B (en) * 2021-10-08 2026-01-02 福耀玻璃工业集团股份有限公司 Laminated glass and head-up display system
CN113878953A (en) * 2021-10-08 2022-01-04 福耀玻璃工业集团股份有限公司 Laminated glass and head-up display system
EP4448271A1 (en) * 2021-12-15 2024-10-23 AGC Glass Europe Glazing unit for head up display
WO2024035596A1 (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-15 Pittsburgh Glass Works Llc Reflective glass displays and associated methods for manufacturing reflective glass displays

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04502525A (en) 1989-10-16 1992-05-07 リビー―オーウェンズ―フォード・カンパニー Display panel for vehicle windshield
JP2008544878A (en) * 2005-05-11 2008-12-11 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Polymer interlayer with wedge-shaped profile
WO2011019062A1 (en) * 2009-08-12 2011-02-17 旭硝子株式会社 Laminated glass for use in vehicles
JP2013006730A (en) * 2011-06-23 2013-01-10 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Interlayer for laminated glass and laminated glass
JP2017504550A (en) * 2013-11-29 2017-02-09 クラレイ ユーロップ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングＫｕｒａｒａｙ Ｅｕｒｏｐｅ ＧｍｂＨ Method for producing a laminated glass laminate having heat ray shielding properties
JP2017081775A (en) 2015-10-26 2017-05-18 日本ゼオン株式会社 Laminated glass
JP2017178781A (en) * 2012-07-31 2017-10-05 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for glass laminate, glass laminate and method for attaching glass laminate
JP2017214276A (en) * 2015-12-18 2017-12-07 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for laminated glass, roll body and laminated glass

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2432331C2 (en) * 2006-05-12 2011-10-27 Секисуй Кемикал Ко., Лтд. Inner film layer for laminated glass and laminated glass
EP2711445A1 (en) * 2009-07-16 2014-03-26 MEMC Singapore Pte. Ltd. Multicrystalline silicon ingots with low oxygen concentration
US10252495B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2019-04-09 Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. Intermediate film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
MX2017010138A (en) 2015-02-05 2017-11-01 Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd INTERCAPE FILM FOR LAMINATED GLASS, AND LAMINATED GLASS.
CA3034559C (en) 2016-09-01 2021-01-26 Saint-Gobain Glass France Composite pane for a head-up display

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04502525A (en) 1989-10-16 1992-05-07 リビー―オーウェンズ―フォード・カンパニー Display panel for vehicle windshield
JP2008544878A (en) * 2005-05-11 2008-12-11 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Polymer interlayer with wedge-shaped profile
WO2011019062A1 (en) * 2009-08-12 2011-02-17 旭硝子株式会社 Laminated glass for use in vehicles
JP2013006730A (en) * 2011-06-23 2013-01-10 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Interlayer for laminated glass and laminated glass
JP2017178781A (en) * 2012-07-31 2017-10-05 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for glass laminate, glass laminate and method for attaching glass laminate
JP2017504550A (en) * 2013-11-29 2017-02-09 クラレイ ユーロップ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングＫｕｒａｒａｙ Ｅｕｒｏｐｅ ＧｍｂＨ Method for producing a laminated glass laminate having heat ray shielding properties
JP2017081775A (en) 2015-10-26 2017-05-18 日本ゼオン株式会社 Laminated glass
JP2017214276A (en) * 2015-12-18 2017-12-07 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for laminated glass, roll body and laminated glass

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021204550A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Saint-Gobain Glass France Colored thermoplastic intermediate layer with wedge-shaped cross-section
WO2021204551A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Saint-Gobain Glass France Multilayer coloured intermediate layer having a wedge-shaped cross section
CN113811443A (en) * 2020-04-07 2021-12-17 法国圣戈班玻璃厂 Multilayer pigmented interlayer with wedge-shaped cross section
CN113811449A (en) * 2020-04-07 2021-12-17 法国圣戈班玻璃厂 Pigmented thermoplastic interlayer with wedge-shaped cross section
US11780211B2 (en) 2020-04-07 2023-10-10 Saint-Gobain Glass France Colored thermoplastic intermediate layer with wedge-shaped cross-section
CN113811449B (en) * 2020-04-07 2024-06-18 法国圣戈班玻璃厂 Colored thermoplastic interlayer with wedge-shaped cross section
WO2023200013A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer for laminated glass and method for producing same, and laminated glass and method for producing same
WO2024034436A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 積水化学工業株式会社 Intermediate film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
WO2024204469A1 (en) * 2023-03-31 2024-10-03 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
WO2024247929A1 (en) * 2023-05-26 2024-12-05 株式会社クラレ Polyvinyl acetal resin film, film laminate, laminate and method for producing same, glazing material, and head-up display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20200138191A (en) 2020-12-09
TW201941948A (en) 2019-11-01
CN111918850B (en) 2023-08-18
CN111918850A (en) 2020-11-10
US20210078303A1 (en) 2021-03-18
EP3778517A1 (en) 2021-02-17
US11958270B2 (en) 2024-04-16
JPWO2019189741A1 (en) 2021-04-15
TWI829682B (en) 2024-01-21
MX2020010146A (en) 2020-10-20
EP3778517A4 (en) 2021-12-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111918850B (en) Interlayer film for laminated glass, laminated glass, and method for producing head-up display system
JP6484033B2 (en) Multilayer interlayer film for laminated glass and laminated glass
JP6581596B2 (en) Laminated glass interlayer film and laminated glass
JP6783855B2 (en) Laminated glass interlayer film, roll body and laminated glass
WO2019189736A1 (en) Interlayer for laminated glass, laminated glass, and method of manufacturing head-up display system
WO2019189737A1 (en) Laminated glass, head up display system, and method for manufacturing head up display system
WO2017170727A1 (en) Interlayer for laminated glass, and laminated glass
JP6449524B1 (en) Laminated glass interlayer film and laminated glass
JP2020073423A (en) Interlayer film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
WO2017170728A1 (en) Interlayer for laminated glass, and laminated glass
JP7512199B2 (en) Laminated glass for vehicles and vehicle
WO2019189740A1 (en) Intermediate film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
JP7569151B2 (en) Laminated glass and method for installing laminated glass
WO2024034436A1 (en) Intermediate film for laminated glass, and laminated glass
JP6484351B2 (en) Interlayer film for laminated glass, roll body and laminated glass

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19777042

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020511079

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2019777042

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019777042

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20201029